]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blame - NEWS
catalog: reject entries where the language is too short early
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
CommitLineData
d657c51f 1systemd System and Service Manager
220a21d3 2
fcb97512
LP
3CHANGES WITH 240 in spe:
4
5 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
6 Type=simple and ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
7 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
8 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
9 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
10 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
11 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
12 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would
13 typically succeed instantly, as only fork() has to complete
14 successfully and execve() is not waited for, and hence its failure is
15 seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type starting the
16 unit will fail, as the execve() will be waited for and will fail,
17 which is then propagated back to the start job.
18
19 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
20 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
21 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
22 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
23 block on NSS calls (such as user name lookups due to User=) done
24 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
25 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
26 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
27 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
28 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
29
0972c1ae
LP
30 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
31 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
32 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
33 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
34 systemd passes on is increased to 256K, overriding the kernel's
35 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
36 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
37 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
38 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
39 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
40 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
41 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
42 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
43 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
44 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
45 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
46 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
47 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
48 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
49 high file descriptors explicitly by setting their soft limit to the
50 hard limit during initialization. Of course, when doing that they
51 must do this acknowledging the fact that they cannot use select()
52 anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or any shared
53 library used by any shared library they use and so on).
54
a8b627aa
LP
55 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
56 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
57 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
58 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
59 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
60 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
61 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
62 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=no and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=no)
63 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
64 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
65
4f7dc24f
LP
66 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
67 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
68 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
69 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
70 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
71 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
72
230450d4
LR
73 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
74 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
75 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
76 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
77 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
78
79 Consult the kernel documetnation for details on this sysctl:
80 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
81
e8498f82 82CHANGES WITH 239:
019cb3ab
SH
83
84 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
d69f5282
ZJS
85 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
86 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
87 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
88 a slot number associated.
89
90 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
91 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
92 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
93 independent.
94
95 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
96 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
97 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
98
99 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
100 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
101 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
102 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
019cb3ab 103
6e2d744b
YW
104 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
105 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
fe903cf4
LP
106 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
107 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
108 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
109 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
110 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
111 e.g. NIS.
112
113 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
114 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
115 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
116 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
117 may be necessary to update the file.
e0eee477 118
1fc83d09
LP
119 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
120 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
121 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
122 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
123 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
124 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
125 documentation.
126
41a4c3ec
LP
127 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
128 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
129 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
5cadf58e
ZJS
130 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
131 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
132 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
133 them.
41a4c3ec 134
ce55bd5e
ZJS
135 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
136 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
fe903cf4
LP
137 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
138 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
139 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
ce55bd5e 140
e01d9e21
LP
141 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
142 now default to a system call whitelist (rather than a blacklist, as
143 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
144 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
145 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
146 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
147 too, as the default whitelisting will prohibit all mount, swap,
148 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
149
5cadf58e
ZJS
150 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
151 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
152 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
153 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
41a4c3ec
LP
154 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
155
c9299be2
IT
156 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
157 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
c086ce8c
LP
158 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
159 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
160 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
161
73c718a9
YW
162 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
163 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
abc291aa
LP
164 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
165
166 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
167 that embedd a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
168 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
169 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
170 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
171 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
172 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
173 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
174 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
175 systemd-resolved.service will result in a host name lookup for which
176 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
177 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
178 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
179 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
180 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
181 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
182 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
183 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
184 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
185 from.
73c718a9 186
41a4c3ec
LP
187 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
188 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
189 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
5cadf58e
ZJS
190 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
191
75da262a
LP
192 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
193 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
5cadf58e
ZJS
194 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
195 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
41a4c3ec
LP
196
197 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
198 where the system initially suspends, and after a time-out resumes and
199 hibernates again.
200
201 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
202 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
203
204 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
205 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
206 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
207
208 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
209 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
210 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
211 was not configurable and set to 512.
212
5cadf58e
ZJS
213 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
214 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
215 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
216 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
217 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
218 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
219 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
220 in particular su and sudo.
41a4c3ec
LP
221
222 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
223 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
bc99dac5 224 synchronization has been received from the network. This
41a4c3ec
LP
225 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
226 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
227 services.
228
229 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
230 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
231 files should work for hibernation now.
232
5cadf58e
ZJS
233 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
234 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
41a4c3ec
LP
235 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
236 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
237 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
238 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
239 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
240 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
5cadf58e
ZJS
241 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
242 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
41a4c3ec 243 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
5cadf58e
ZJS
244 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
245 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
246 name following the last dash.
247
248 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
88099359 249 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
5cadf58e 250 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
88099359
ZJS
251 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
252 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
41a4c3ec
LP
253
254 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
255 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
256 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
5cadf58e
ZJS
257 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
258 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
259 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
41a4c3ec 260
c7f93e28
ZJS
261 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
262 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
ba1dc1a1
LP
263 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
264 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
c7f93e28 265
41a4c3ec
LP
266 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
267 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
268 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
5cadf58e
ZJS
269 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
270 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
41a4c3ec
LP
271
272 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
273 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
274 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
275 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
276 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
277 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
278 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
279 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
280 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
5cadf58e
ZJS
281 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
282 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
283 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
41a4c3ec
LP
284 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
285
286 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
287 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
288 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
289 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
290 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
291 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
292 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
293 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
294 settings.
295
296 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
297 expiration feature, if it is available.
298
5cadf58e
ZJS
299 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
300 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
301 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
302
303 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
304 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
41a4c3ec
LP
305
306 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
307
308 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
309 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
310
5cadf58e 311 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
41a4c3ec
LP
312 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
313 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
314 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
315 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
316 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
5cadf58e
ZJS
317 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
318 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
41a4c3ec
LP
319 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
320 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
321 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
322
704ae536
YW
323 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
324 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
325 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
326 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
41a4c3ec
LP
327
328 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
329 about its state.
330
73c718a9
YW
331 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
332 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
333 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
334 "timedatectl set-ntp".
335
41a4c3ec
LP
336 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
337 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
5cadf58e 338 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
41a4c3ec
LP
339 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
340 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
341 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
342 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
343 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
344 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
5cadf58e 345 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
41a4c3ec
LP
346 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
347
5cadf58e 348 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
41a4c3ec
LP
349 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
350
5cadf58e 351 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
41a4c3ec 352 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
5cadf58e
ZJS
353 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
354 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
41a4c3ec
LP
355 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
356 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
357
358 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
359 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
360 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
361 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
362 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
363 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
364 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
365
366 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
367 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
c7f93e28
ZJS
368 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
369 shown.)
41a4c3ec 370
41a4c3ec
LP
371 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
372 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
373 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
374 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
375 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
376 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
377 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
378 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
379 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
380
381 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
382 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
383 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
384
385 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
386 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
c7f93e28
ZJS
387 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
388 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
389 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
390 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
391 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
392 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
41a4c3ec
LP
393
394 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
395
396 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
5cadf58e 397 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
41a4c3ec
LP
398 automatically when the system clock changed.)
399
400 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
401 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
402
a8a27374
SK
403 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
404 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
405 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
41a4c3ec 406
d6906108
LP
407 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
408
a8a27374 409 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
d6906108
LP
410
411 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
412 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
413
41a4c3ec
LP
414 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
415 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
416 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
417 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
418 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
419 external user databases.
420
421 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
422 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
423 refused due to the enforced limits.
424
425 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
426 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
427 manages.
428
c49a7cbd
LP
429 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
430 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
431 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
432 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
433 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
434 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
435 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
436 wher this is now used by default.
437
57ab451e
ZJS
438 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
439 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
440
c7668c1c
LP
441 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
442 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
443 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
444 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
445 update process in a generic way.
446
41a4c3ec 447 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
ec53d48c 448 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
bb6f071f
LP
449 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
450 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
451 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
452 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
453 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
454 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
455 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
456 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
457 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
458 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
459 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
460 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
461 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
462 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
463 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
464 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
465 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
466 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
467 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
468 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
61d0025d 469 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
bb6f071f
LP
470 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
471 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
472 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
473 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
474 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
475 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
41a4c3ec 476
e8498f82 477 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
41a4c3ec 478
c657bff1 479CHANGES WITH 238:
e0c46a73
LP
480
481 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
482 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
483 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
484 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
444d5863
ZJS
485 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
486 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
487 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
488 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
489 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
07a35e84 490 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
444d5863
ZJS
491 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
492 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
493 to revert this change.
e0c46a73 494
313c32c3
ZJS
495 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
496 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
497 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
498 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
499 once at the end of the transaction.
500
501 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
502 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
503 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
504 scripts.
505
506 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
507 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
508 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
509 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
510 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
511 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
512 still allowing local admin overrides.
513
07a35e84 514 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
313c32c3
ZJS
515 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
516 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
517
518 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
07a35e84 519 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
313c32c3
ZJS
520 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
521 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
522 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
523
524 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
525 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
526 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
527 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
528 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
529 from package installation scripts.
530
531 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
532 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
533 without the user number ("u username -:456").
534
535 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
536 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
537
538 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
539 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
540 /sbin/nologin for other users).
541
542 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
543 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
544 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
545 --systemd, --user, or --global).
546
547 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
548 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
549 which are triggered meanwhile).
550
551 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
552 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
553 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
554 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
555 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
556
557 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
558 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
559 rotated very quickly.
560
561 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
562 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
563 pending bus messages.
564
565 * systemd gained a new
566 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
567 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
568 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
569 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
570 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
571 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
572 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
573 again in pure cgroups v2 environments when invoked from the user
574 session scope.
575
576 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
577 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
578 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
579 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
580 the tree to be accessed.
581
582 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
583 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
584 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
585
586 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
587 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
588 to keys in the main keyring.
589
590 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
591
592 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
593 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
594
595 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
596
597 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
598 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
599 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
600 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
601 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
602 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
603 explicitly.
604
605 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
606 the colour of "OK" status messages.
607
608 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
609 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
610 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
611 be restarted.
612
613 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
614 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
615
c657bff1
ZJS
616 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
617 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
618 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
619 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
620 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
621 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
622 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
623 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
624 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
625 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
626 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
627 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
628 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
629 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
630 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
631 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
632
633 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
634
82c8e3e6 635CHANGES WITH 237:
2b0c59ba
MP
636
637 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
638 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
639 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
640 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
641
49e87292
LP
642 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
643 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
644 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
645 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
646 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
647 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
648 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
15c5594b
ZJS
649 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
650 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
651 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
49e87292 652
82c8e3e6
LP
653 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
654 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
655 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
656 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
657 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
658 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
659 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
660 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
661 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
662 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
663
95894b91
LP
664 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
665 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
666 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
667 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
668 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
669 now provides explicit control.
670
1a0cd2c7
ZJS
671 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
672 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
95894b91
LP
673 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
674 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
675 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
1a0cd2c7
ZJS
676 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
677 unit types that already supported transient operation.
95894b91
LP
678
679 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
680 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
681 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
682
683 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
684 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
685
686 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
687 .network files all gained support for a new condition
688 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
689 versions.
690
691 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
6cddc792 692 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
95894b91
LP
693 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
694 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
695 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
696 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
697 understands RapidCommit=.
698
699 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
700 Delegation.
701
702 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
703 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
704 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
705 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
706 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
707 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
708 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
709 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
710 --watch-bind= command line switch.
711
712 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
713 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
714 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
715 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
716 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
717 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
718 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
719 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
caf2a2d8 720 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
95894b91
LP
721 "Disconnected" signals).
722
723 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
724 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
725 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
726 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
727 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
728 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
729 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
730 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
731 round-trips are removed.
732
733 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
734 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
735 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
736 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
737
738 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
739 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
740 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
741 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
742 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
743 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
744
745 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
746 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
747 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
748 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
6cddc792
CR
749 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
750 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
95894b91
LP
751 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
752 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
753 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
754 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
755
756 * sd-event gained a new call pair
6cddc792
CR
757 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
758 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
95894b91
LP
759 when the event source is destroyed.
760
761 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
762 connections.
763
6cddc792
CR
764 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
765 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
766 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
95894b91
LP
767 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
768 new transitional flag file has been added: if
769 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
770 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
771
772 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
773 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
774 manager.
775
31751f7e 776 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
e6501af8
ZJS
777 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
778 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
779 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
780 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
781
56a29112 782 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
508058c9 783 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
56a29112 784 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
508058c9
LP
785 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
786 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
56a29112 787 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
508058c9
LP
788
789 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
bc99dac5 790 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
508058c9
LP
791 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
792 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
793 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
56a29112 794 level/target is given as an argument.
95894b91 795
508058c9
LP
796 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
797 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
798 where UID and GID do not match.
799
95894b91 800 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
508058c9
LP
801 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
802 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
803 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
804 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
805 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
806 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
807 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
808 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
809 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
810 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
811 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
812 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
813 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
814 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
815 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
816 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
817 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
818 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
819 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
820 Палаузов
821
822 — Brno, 2018-01-28
2b0c59ba 823
a1b2c92d 824CHANGES WITH 236:
195b943d 825
89780840
ZJS
826 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
827 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
828 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
829 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
195b943d 830
3925496a
LP
831 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
832 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
833 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
834 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
835 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
836 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
837 valid specifiers today.)
751223fe 838
e6b2d948 839 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
89780840
ZJS
840 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
841 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
842 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
843 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
844 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
e6b2d948 845
67eb5b38
LP
846 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
847 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
848 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
849 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
850
89780840
ZJS
851 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
852 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
853 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
854 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
855 services are resolved properly.
67eb5b38 856
3925496a
LP
857 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
858 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
859 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
860 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
861 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
862 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
863 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
864 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
865 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
866 and btrfs.
867
67eb5b38
LP
868 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
869 DNS server and domain information.
870
871 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
872 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
873 runtime.
874
89780840 875 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
67eb5b38
LP
876 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
877 empty for the first time.
878
8ea2dcb0
ZJS
879 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
880 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
881 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
882 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
883 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
884 running in the user session.
885
886 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
887 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
888 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
889 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
890 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
891 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
67eb5b38 892 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
8ea2dcb0 893 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
67eb5b38
LP
894 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
895 user instance).
896
897 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
898 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
899
900 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
89780840
ZJS
901 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
902 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
903 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
67eb5b38
LP
904
905 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
89780840 906 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
67eb5b38
LP
907
908 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
909 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
910 sleep verbs.
911
e9ad86d5 912 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
67eb5b38
LP
913
914 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
89780840 915 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
67eb5b38 916
89780840 917 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
67eb5b38 918
89780840
ZJS
919 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
920 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
921 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
67eb5b38 922
89780840
ZJS
923 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
924 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
925 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
926 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
927 instance.
67eb5b38
LP
928
929 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
930 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
931 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
932
933 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
934 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
935 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
936
89780840 937 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
67eb5b38 938
89780840
ZJS
939 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
940 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
941 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
942 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
943 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
944 processes.
67eb5b38 945
89780840
ZJS
946 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
947 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
948 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
949 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
67eb5b38
LP
950
951 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
952 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
953 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
954
89780840
ZJS
955 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
956 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
957 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
958 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
959 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
960
67eb5b38
LP
961 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
962 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
963
964 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
965 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
966 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
967 time the specified expression would elapse.
968
969 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
89780840
ZJS
970 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
971 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
972 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
973 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
974 types, not just services.
67eb5b38
LP
975
976 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
dd014eeb 977 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
67eb5b38
LP
978 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
979 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
980
981 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
982 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
983 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
984 interface for this purpose.
985
986 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
987 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
988 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
989 anyway.
990
f09eb768
LP
991 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
992 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
3925496a
LP
993 requirements of systemd.
994
995 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
996 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
997 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
998
999 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
1000 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
1001 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
1002 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
1003
a327431b
DB
1004 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
1005 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
1006 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
1007 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
1008
ea2a3c9e
LP
1009 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
1010 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
1011
a1b2c92d
LP
1012 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
1013 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
1014 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
1015 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
1016 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
1017 managing software supports (such as pppd).
1018
1019 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
1020 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
1021 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
1022
3925496a
LP
1023 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
1024 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
1025 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
ea2a3c9e 1026 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
a1b2c92d
LP
1027 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
1028 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
1029 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
1030 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
1031 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
1032 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
1033 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
1034 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
1035 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
1036 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
1037 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
1038 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
1039 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
1040 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
1041 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
1042 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
1043 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
1044 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1045 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
67eb5b38 1046
ea2a3c9e 1047 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
3754abc5 1048
582faeb4
DJL
1049CHANGES WITH 235:
1050
2bcbffd6
LP
1051 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
1052 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
1053 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
1054 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
23d37367 1055 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
2bcbffd6
LP
1056 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
1057 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
1058 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
1059 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
1060 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
1061 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
1062 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
1063 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
1064 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
1065 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
1066 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
1067 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
1068 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
1069 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
1070 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
1071 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
1072 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
1073 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
1074 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
1075 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
1076 IPAddressDeny= see below.
1077
fccf5419
LP
1078 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
1079 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
1080 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
1081 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
1082 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
1083 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
1084 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
1085 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
582faeb4 1086
ef5a8cb1 1087 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
21723f53
ZJS
1088 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
1089 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
1090 used to change those values.
ef5a8cb1 1091
fccf5419
LP
1092 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
1093 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
21723f53
ZJS
1094 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
1095 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
1096 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
1097 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
fccf5419 1098
21723f53
ZJS
1099 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
1100 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
1101 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
1102 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
fccf5419
LP
1103
1104 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
1105 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
1106 one top-level directory.
1107
1108 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
1109 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
1110 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
21723f53 1111 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
fccf5419
LP
1112 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
1113 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
1114 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
1115 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
1116 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
1117 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
1118 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
75dfbbac
LP
1119 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
1120 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
1121 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
1122 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
fccf5419
LP
1123
1124 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
1125 Meson-only.
1126
1127 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
1128 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
1129 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
1130 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
1131 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
1132 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
1133 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
1134 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
1135 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
1136 acceptable to us.
1137
1138 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
1139 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
1140 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
1141 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
1142 host name open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
1143 requested at build time.
1144
1145 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
1146 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
1147 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
1148 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
1149 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
1150 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
1151 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
1152 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
1153 Type= setting which permits configuring
1154 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
1155
1156 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
1157 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
1158 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
1159 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
1160 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
1161 local frames between bridge ports.
1162
1163 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
1164 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
1165 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
1166
1167 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
21723f53 1168 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
fccf5419
LP
1169
1170 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
21723f53
ZJS
1171 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
1172 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
fccf5419
LP
1173 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
1174
1175 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
1176 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
1177 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
21723f53
ZJS
1178 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
1179 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
1180 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
1181 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
fccf5419
LP
1182 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
1183
1184 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
1185 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
1186 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
1187 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
1188 command.)
1189
1190 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
1191 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
1192 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
1193
44898c53
LP
1194 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
1195 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
fccf5419
LP
1196 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
1197 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
1198
1199 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
1200 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
1201 configured, except for the credentials applied by
1202 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
1203 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
1204 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
1205 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
1206 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
1207 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
1208 on systems where this is not supported.
1209
1210 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
1211 sockets.
1212
1213 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
1214 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
1215 during runtime.
1216
1217 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
1218 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
21723f53 1219 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
fccf5419
LP
1220
1221 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
1222 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
1223 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
1224
1225 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
1226 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
21723f53
ZJS
1227 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
1228 Following this logic, two new special targets
fccf5419 1229 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
21723f53
ZJS
1230 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
1231 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
fccf5419
LP
1232
1233 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
21723f53
ZJS
1234 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
1235 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
fccf5419
LP
1236 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
1237
1238 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
1239 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
1240 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
1241 --wait".
1242
1243 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
1244 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
1245 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
1246 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
1247 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
1248 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
1249 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
1250 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
1251 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
1252
21723f53 1253 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
608f70e6 1254 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
fccf5419
LP
1255 containing information about the consumed resources of this
1256 invocation.
1257
1258 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
1259 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
1260 processes.
1261
e06fafb2
LP
1262 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
1263 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
1264 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
21723f53
ZJS
1265 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
1266 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
e06fafb2
LP
1267 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
1268 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
1269 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
1270 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
1271 systems for all five operations.
1272
1273 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
1274 the system.
1275
fccf5419
LP
1276 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
1277 than UTC or the local timezone.
1278
f6e64b78 1279 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
21723f53
ZJS
1280 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
1281 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
1282 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
1283 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
1284 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
1285 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
1286 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
f6e64b78 1287
d55b0463
LP
1288 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
1289 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
1290 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
1291 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
cf84484a
LP
1292 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
1293 again.
1294
1295 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
1296 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
1297 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
d55b0463 1298
fccf5419
LP
1299 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
1300 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
76451c1d
LP
1301 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
1302 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
1303 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
1304 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
1305 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
1306 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
1307 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
1308 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
1309 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
1310 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
1311 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
1312 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
1313 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
1314 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
1315 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
1316 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
1317 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
1318 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
fccf5419 1319
c1719d8b 1320 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
fccf5419 1321
4b4da299
LP
1322CHANGES WITH 234:
1323
1324 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
1325 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
1326 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
1327 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
1328 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
1329 summary:
1330
1331 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
1332
1333 becomes:
1334
1335 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
1336
1337 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
1338 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
1339 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
1340 .device units.
1341
1342 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
1343 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
1344 running a systemd user instance.
1345
1346 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
1347 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
1348 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
1349 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
1350 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
1351 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
1352
9f09a95a 1353 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
4b4da299
LP
1354
1355 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
1356 (domain search list).
1357
1358 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
bc99dac5 1359 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
4b4da299
LP
1360 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
1361 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
1362 implementation of RA.
1363
1364 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
1365 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
1366 ISO date values.
1367
1368 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
1369 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
1370 devices.
1371
1372 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
1373 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
1374 option.
1375
1376 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
7f7ab228
ZJS
1377 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
1378 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
1379 default yet.
4b4da299
LP
1380
1381 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
1382 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
1383 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
1384 SHA256SUMS files.
1385
1386 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
1387 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
1388
1389 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
1390
1391 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
1392
1393 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
1394 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
5486a31d
ZJS
1395
1396 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
1397 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
1398 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
1399 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
1400
9f09a95a
ZJS
1401 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
1402 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
38d93385 1403 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
9f09a95a
ZJS
1404 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
1405 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
1406 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
1407 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
1408 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
1409 systemd-logind to be safe. See
1410 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
1411
9d8813b3
YW
1412 * All kernel install plugins are called with the environment variable
1413 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
1414 /etc/machine-id. If the file is missing or empty, the variable is
1415 empty and BOOT_DIR_ABS is the path of a temporary directory which is
38d93385 1416 removed after all the plugins exit. So, if KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID
9d8813b3
YW
1417 is empty, all plugins should not put anything in BOOT_DIR_ABS.
1418
184d2c15 1419 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
ac172e52
LP
1420 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
1421 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
1422 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
1423 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
184d2c15
LP
1424 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
1425 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
1426 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1427 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
ac172e52
LP
1428 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
1429 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
1430 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
1431 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
1432 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
1433 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
1434 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
1435 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
1436 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
1437 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
1438 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
1439 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
1440 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
1441 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
1442 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
1443 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
184d2c15
LP
1444 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
1445 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
ac172e52
LP
1446 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
1447 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
1448 Георгиевски
4b4da299 1449
ac172e52 1450 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
4b4da299 1451
a2b53448 1452CHANGES WITH 233:
d08ee7cb 1453
23eb30b3
ZJS
1454 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
1455 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
1456 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
1457 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
1458 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
1459 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
1460 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
1461 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
1462 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
1463
1464 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
1465 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
1466 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
1467 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
1468 default selected on the configure command line
1469 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
1470 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
1471 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
1472 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
1473 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
1474 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
1475 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
1476 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
1477 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
1478 greatest stability and compatibility only.
1479
1480 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
1481 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
1482 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
1483 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
1484 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
1485 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
1486 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
1487 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
1488 further details about this.)
1489
fb7c4eff
MG
1490 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
1491 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
1492 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
1493
23eb30b3
ZJS
1494 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
1495 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
1496
d60c5270 1497 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
4dfe64f8
ZJS
1498 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
1499 with 'make install-tests'.
1500
23eb30b3
ZJS
1501 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
1502 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
1503 kernel.
1504
1505 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
1506 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
1507 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
1508 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
1509 by the Slice= option.
1510
5cfc0a84
LP
1511 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
1512 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
1513 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
1514 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
1515
2bcc3309
FB
1516 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
1517 following choices:
1518
b0eb2944 1519 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
dd6f9ac0 1520 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
2bcc3309 1521 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
d172b175 1522 (h)elp
eedf223a 1523 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
56fde33a 1524 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
2bcc3309
FB
1525 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
1526 (y)es, execute the command
1527
1528 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
1529 because its meaning was confusing.
1530
d08ee7cb
LP
1531 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
1532 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
1533
8e458bfe
JW
1534 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
1535 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
1536 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
1537
85266f9b
LP
1538 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
1539 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
1540 state directly, without executing these commands.
1541
baf32786
MP
1542 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
1543 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
23eb30b3 1544 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
fa8b4499 1545
631b676b
LP
1546 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
1547 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
1548 combination with After=) have been started.
1549
d08ee7cb
LP
1550 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
1551 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
23eb30b3 1552 setting, and which system calls they contain.
d08ee7cb
LP
1553
1554 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
23eb30b3 1555 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
d08ee7cb 1556 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
23eb30b3 1557 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
d08ee7cb
LP
1558 configuration related calls.
1559
1560 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
1561 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
1562 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
23eb30b3
ZJS
1563 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
1564 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
1565 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
1566 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
d08ee7cb 1567
23eb30b3
ZJS
1568 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
1569 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
d08ee7cb
LP
1570
1571 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
1572 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
1573 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
1574
23eb30b3
ZJS
1575 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
1576 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
1577
1578 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
1579 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
1580 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
1581 for compatibility.
1582
1583 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
1584 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
1585
1586 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
1587 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
1588
1589 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
1590 support for negative matching.
1591
d08ee7cb
LP
1592 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
1593
1594 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
1595 permitted runtime of the mount command.
1596
1597 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
1598 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
1599 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
1600 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
1601 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
1602 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
1603 removed from the drive.
1604
23eb30b3
ZJS
1605 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
1606 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
d08ee7cb
LP
1607
1608 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
1609 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
1610
23eb30b3
ZJS
1611 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
1612 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
1613 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
d08ee7cb
LP
1614
1615 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
1616 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
1617 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
1618 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
baf32786
MP
1619 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
1620 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
1621 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
d08ee7cb
LP
1622
1623 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
1624 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
1625 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
23eb30b3 1626 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
d08ee7cb
LP
1627 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
1628 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
1629
1630 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
1631 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
1632
23eb30b3
ZJS
1633 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
1634 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
d08ee7cb 1635 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
baf32786 1636 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
d08ee7cb
LP
1637 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
1638 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
1639 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
1640 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
1641
1642 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
1643 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
1644 including all control processes.
1645
1646 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
1647 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
1648 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
1649
1650 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
1651 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
1652 prefixing the source path with "+".
1653
1654 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
1655 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
1656 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
1657 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
1658 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
1659 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
1660 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
1661 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
1662
baf32786
MP
1663 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
1664 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
1665 before).
d08ee7cb
LP
1666
1667 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
1668 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
1669 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
1670 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
1671 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
1672 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
1673 the new --root-hash= command line option).
1674
1675 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
1676 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
1677 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
1678 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
1679 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
1680 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
1681 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
3b31c466 1682 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
d08ee7cb
LP
1683 versions.
1684
1685 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
baf32786 1686 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
d08ee7cb
LP
1687 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
1688 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
1689 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
1690 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
1691 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
1692 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
1693 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
1694 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
1695 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
1696 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
1697 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
1698 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
1699 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
1700 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
1701 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
1702 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
1703 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
1704 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
1705 a Verity-enabled root partition.
1706
d08ee7cb
LP
1707 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
1708 accelerometer quirks.
1709
1710 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
1711 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
1712 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
1713 ID of each service.
1714
1715 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
1716 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
1717 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
1718 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
1719 view.
1720
1721 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
1722 environment variables:
1723
a8a27374 1724 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
d08ee7cb
LP
1725
1726 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
1727 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
1728 address.
1729
1730 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
1731 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
1732 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
1733
d08ee7cb 1734 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
23eb30b3
ZJS
1735 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
1736 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
1737 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
1738 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
d08ee7cb 1739 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
23eb30b3
ZJS
1740 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
1741 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
d08ee7cb
LP
1742 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
1743 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
1744 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
1745 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
23eb30b3 1746 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
d08ee7cb
LP
1747
1748 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
1749 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
1750 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
1751
1752 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
1753 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
1754
1755 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
1756 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
1757 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
1758 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
23eb30b3 1759 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
d08ee7cb
LP
1760
1761 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
1762 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
1763 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
1764
1765 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
1766 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
1767
1768 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
1769 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
1770 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
1771 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
1772
1773 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
1774 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
1775 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
1776 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
1777 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
1778 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
1779 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
1780 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
1781 possibly even including full integrity data.
1782
1783 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
baf32786 1784 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
d08ee7cb
LP
1785 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
1786 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
1787 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
1788
1789 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
1790 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
1791 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
1792 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
1793 directly with systemd-nspawn.
1794
d08ee7cb 1795 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
23eb30b3 1796 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
d08ee7cb
LP
1797 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
1798 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
1799
c1ec34d1 1800 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
d08ee7cb
LP
1801 of coredumps in reverse order.
1802
23eb30b3
ZJS
1803 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
1804 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
1805 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
1806 additional informational message in its output.
1807
1808 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
1809 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
1810 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
1811
d08ee7cb 1812 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
23eb30b3 1813 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
d08ee7cb
LP
1814 scripting languages such as Python.
1815
1816 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
1817 namespacing is enabled for them.
1818
baf32786 1819 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
d08ee7cb
LP
1820 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
1821 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
baf32786 1822 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
23eb30b3
ZJS
1823 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
1824 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
d08ee7cb 1825
a2b53448
LP
1826 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
1827 root key (KSK).
1828
a2b53448
LP
1829 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
1830 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
1831 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
1832
d08ee7cb
LP
1833 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
1834 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
1835 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
1836 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
1837 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
1838 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
1839 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
1840 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
1841 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
a2b53448
LP
1842 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
1843 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
1844 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
1845 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
1846 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
1847 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
1848 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
1849 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
1850 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
1851 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
1852 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
1853 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
1854 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
1855 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
1856 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
1857 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
1858 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
1859 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
1860 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
1861 Тихонов
1862
1863 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
d08ee7cb 1864
54b24597 1865CHANGES WITH 232:
76153ad4 1866
05f426d2
LP
1867 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
1868 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
1869 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
1870 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
1871 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
1872 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
1873
4ffe2479
ZJS
1874 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
1875 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
1876
6fa44114 1877 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
4c37970d
LP
1878 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
1879 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
6fa44114 1880
4a77c53d
ZJS
1881 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
1882 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
1883 to be remounted read-only for a service.
1884
e49e2c25 1885 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
4a77c53d
ZJS
1886 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
1887 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
1888 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
1889
6fa44114 1890 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
4a77c53d
ZJS
1891 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
1892
1893 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
1894 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
1895 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
1896
4ffe2479
ZJS
1897 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
1898 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
1899 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
1900 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
1901 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
1902 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
1903 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
4a77c53d
ZJS
1904 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
1905 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
1906 permanent modifications to the system.
4ffe2479 1907
171ae2cd 1908 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
4ffe2479 1909 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
171ae2cd 1910 container or chroot environments.
4ffe2479
ZJS
1911
1912 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
171ae2cd
LP
1913 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
1914 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
1915 mapped to nobody.
4ffe2479
ZJS
1916
1917 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
1918 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
1919 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
1920 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
1921
1922 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
1923 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
1924
1925 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
1926 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
1927 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
1928 and the support is provisional.
1929
171ae2cd
LP
1930 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
1931 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
1932 unit files in the file system).
1933
1934 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
1935 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
1936 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
1937 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
1938 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
1939 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
1940 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
1941 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
1942 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
1943 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
1944 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
1945 state is fixed automatically.
4ffe2479
ZJS
1946
1947 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
1948 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
1949 option.
1950
1951 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
1952 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
1953 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
1954 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
1955 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
1956 else.
1957
171ae2cd
LP
1958 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
1959 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
1960 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
1961 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
1962 bootable on physical systems.
1963
4a77c53d 1964 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
4ffe2479
ZJS
1965
1966 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
1967 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
1968 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
1969 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
1970 used.
1971
1972 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
d4c08299 1973 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
4ffe2479
ZJS
1974 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
1975 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
1976
05ecf467 1977 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
4ffe2479 1978
d4c08299 1979 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
4ffe2479
ZJS
1980 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
1981 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
1982 of the container).
1983
171ae2cd 1984 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
4ffe2479
ZJS
1985 files from the specified location.
1986
1987 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
1988 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
1989 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
1990 be active.
1991
1992 * The hardware database has been extended to support
1993 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
1994 trackball devices.
1995
1996 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
1997 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
1998 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
1999
2000 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
171ae2cd
LP
2001 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
2002 specified service binary exited.)
4ffe2479 2003
171ae2cd 2004 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
4a77c53d
ZJS
2005 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
2006
171ae2cd 2007 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
4ffe2479 2008 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
171ae2cd
LP
2009 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
2010 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
2011 --since= and --until= options.
4ffe2479
ZJS
2012
2013 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
2014 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
2015 are automatically propagated to the container.
2016
2017 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
171ae2cd
LP
2018 from a single IP address can be limited with
2019 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
2020 MaxConnections=.
4ffe2479 2021
4a77c53d
ZJS
2022 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
2023 configuration.
2024
2025 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
2026 drop-ins.
2027
4ffe2479
ZJS
2028 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
2029 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
2030 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
2031 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
2032 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
2033 [Link] section of .link files.
2034
171ae2cd
LP
2035 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
2036 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
2037 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
2038 section of .netdev files.
4ffe2479 2039
171ae2cd 2040 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
4a77c53d
ZJS
2041 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
2042 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
2043
171ae2cd 2044 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
4ffe2479
ZJS
2045 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
2046 .network files.
2047
171ae2cd
LP
2048 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
2049 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
2050 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
2051 service runtime cycle.
4ffe2479 2052
4a77c53d 2053 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
1f4f4cf7 2054 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
4a77c53d
ZJS
2055 has been traditionally doing.
2056
2057 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
2058 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
2059 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
2060 prevent any later plugins from running.
2061
76153ad4 2062 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
d4c08299 2063 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
76153ad4
ZJS
2064 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
2065 default of SplitMode=uid.
2066
4a77c53d
ZJS
2067 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
2068 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
2069 useful.
2070
4ffe2479
ZJS
2071 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
2072 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
2073 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
2074 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
2075 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
2076 individual namespaces.
2077
171ae2cd
LP
2078 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
2079 the output, as well as OS release information.
2080
2081 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
2082
2083 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
2084 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
2085 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
2086 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
2087 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
2088
2089 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
bc99dac5 2090 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
171ae2cd
LP
2091 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
2092 severed.
2093
2094 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
2095 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
2096 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
2097 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
2098 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
2099 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
2100 information about exit statuses and results.
2101
4c37970d
LP
2102 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
2103 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
2104 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
2105 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
2106 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
2107 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
2108
2109 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
2110
2111 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
2112 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
2113 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
2114 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
2115 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
2116 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
2117 entirely.
2118
2119 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
2120 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
2121 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
2122
2123 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
2124 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
2125 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
2126 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
2127 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
2128 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
2129 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
2130 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
2131 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
2132 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
2133 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
2134 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
2135 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
2136 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
2137 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
2138 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
2139 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
2140
2141 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
2142 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
2143 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
2144 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
2145
2146 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
2147 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
2148 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
2149 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
2150
2151 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
2152 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
2153 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
2154 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
2155 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
2156 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
2157 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
2158 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
2159 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
2160 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
2161 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
2162 fragment entirely.)
2163
2164 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
2165 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
2166 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
2167
2168 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
2169 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
2170 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
2171 FileDescriptorName= setting.
2172
2173 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
2174 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
2175 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
2176 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
2177 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
2178 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
2179
2180 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
2181 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
2182
b4eed568
LP
2183 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
2184 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
2185
2186 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
2187 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
2188 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
2189 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
2190 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
2191
07393b6e
LP
2192 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
2193 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
2194 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
2195 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
2196 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
2197 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
2198 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
2199 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
2200 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
2201 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
2202 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
2203 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
2204 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
2205 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
2206 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
2207 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
2208 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
2209 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
2210 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
2211 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
2212 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
2213 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
2214 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
2215 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
2216 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2217 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
2218
54b24597 2219 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
07393b6e 2220
5cd118ba
MP
2221CHANGES WITH 231:
2222
fcd30826
LP
2223 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
2224 with an additional special character as first argument of the
43eb109a 2225 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
fcd30826
LP
2226 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
2227 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
2228 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
2229 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
2230 independently.
2231
2232 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
2233 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
2234
2235 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
2236 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
2237 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
2238 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
771de3f5 2239 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
fcd30826
LP
2240 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
2241 values.
2242
2243 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
2244 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
2245 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
2246 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
2247 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
2248
2249 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
2250 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
2251 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
2252 7:10am every day.
2253
2254 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
2255 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
2256 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
2257 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
2258 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
2259 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
2260 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
2261 available for compatibility.
2262
2263 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
2264 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
2265 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
2266 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
2267 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
2268 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
2269
2270 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
2271 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
2272 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
2273 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
2274 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
2275 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
2276 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
2277 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
2278 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
2279
2280 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
2281 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
2282 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
2283 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
5cd118ba
MP
2284 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
2285 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
2286 desired options.
2287
fcd30826
LP
2288 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
2289 cgroupsv2.
2290
2291 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
2292 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
2293 limited to subgroups of that group.
2294
2295 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
2296 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
2297 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
771de3f5 2298 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
fcd30826
LP
2299 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
2300 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
2301 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
2302 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
2303
2304 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
2305 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
2306 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
2307 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
2308 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
2309 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
2310 own long-running services.
2311
2312 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
2313 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
2314 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
2315 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
2316
2317 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
2318 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
2319 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
2320 propagates this notification further to the service manager
2321 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
2322 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
2323 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
2324 primitives.
2325
2326 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
2327 "terminate".
2328
2329 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
2330 link-local IPv6 addresses.
2331
2332 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
2333 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
2334 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
2335 --flush-caches".
2336
771de3f5 2337 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
fcd30826
LP
2338 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
2339 is shown.
2340
2341 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
2342 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
2343 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
771de3f5 2344 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
fcd30826
LP
2345 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
2346 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
2347
2348 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
2349 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
2350 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
2351 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
2352 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
2353 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
2354 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
2355 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
2356 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
2357 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
2358 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
2359 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
2360 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
2361 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
2362 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
2363 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
2364 bus API instead.
2365
2366 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
2367 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
2368 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
2369 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
2370
2371 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
2372 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
2373 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
2374 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
2375
2376 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
2377 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
2378 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
2379
2380 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
2381 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
2382
2383 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
2384 interface configuration.
2385
2386 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
2387 specifying the --force switch.
2388
2389 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
2390 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
2391 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
2392
43a569a1
ZJS
2393 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
2394 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
2395 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
2396 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
ce830873 2397 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
43a569a1
ZJS
2398 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
2399 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
2400 to be handled.
2401
2402 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
2403 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
2404
2405 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
2406 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
2407
2408 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
2409 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
2410 of persistent symlinks for that device.
2411
0f1da52b
LP
2412 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
2413 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
2414
2415 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
2416 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
2417 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
2418 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
2419 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
2420 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
ead6bd25 2421 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
1ecbf32f
ZJS
2422 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
2423 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
2424 library.
43a569a1 2425
fcd30826
LP
2426 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
2427 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
2428 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
2429 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
2430 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
2431 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
ce830873 2432 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
fcd30826
LP
2433 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
2434 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
f09eb768 2435 doc/HACKING for details.
ceeddf79 2436
4ffe2479
ZJS
2437 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
2438 distribution's bugtracker.
2439
38b383d9
LP
2440 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
2441 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
2442 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
2443 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
2444 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
2445 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
2446 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
2447 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
2448 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
2449 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
2450 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
2451 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
2452 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
2453 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
2454 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
2455 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
771de3f5
ZJS
2456 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
2457 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
38b383d9 2458 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5cd118ba 2459
38b383d9 2460 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
5cd118ba 2461
46e40fab 2462CHANGES WITH 230:
7f6e8043 2463
61ecb465
LP
2464 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
2465 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
2466 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
2467 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
2468 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
2469 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
2470 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
2471 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
2472 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
96d49011 2473 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
61ecb465
LP
2474 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
2475 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
2476 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
2477 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
2478 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
e40a326c
LP
2479 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
2480 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
2481 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
2482 applications.)
61ecb465 2483
96515dbf 2484 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
e40a326c 2485 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
e75690c3 2486 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
96515dbf 2487
97e5530c
ZJS
2488 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
2489 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
977f2bea 2490 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
e40a326c
LP
2491 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
2492 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
2493 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
2494 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
97e5530c
ZJS
2495
2496 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
2497 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
2498 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
e40a326c 2499 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
8951eaec 2500 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
e40a326c 2501 command works for tmux.
97e5530c
ZJS
2502
2503 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
2504 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
2505 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
152199f2
ZJS
2506 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
2507 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
2508 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
7f6e8043 2509
95365a57 2510 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
e40a326c 2511 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
7f6e8043 2512
e75690c3
ZJS
2513 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
2514 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
188d3082 2515 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
e75690c3
ZJS
2516
2517 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
2518
96515dbf 2519 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
e40a326c 2520 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
25b0e6cb
LP
2521 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
2522 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
2523 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
e40a326c 2524
96515dbf
ZJS
2525 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
2526 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
2527 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
e40a326c 2528 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
96515dbf 2529
e40a326c
LP
2530 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
2531 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
8951eaec
ZJS
2532 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
2533 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
e40a326c
LP
2534 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
2535 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
96515dbf 2536
e40a326c
LP
2537 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
2538 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
e75690c3
ZJS
2539 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
2540
2541 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
2542 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
2543 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
2544 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
2545 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
2546 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
2547
2548 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
2549 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
2550 address.
2551
2552 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
2553 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
2554 should be emitted.
96515dbf 2555
e40a326c 2556 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
97e5530c
ZJS
2557 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
2558 supported.
2559
e40a326c
LP
2560 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
2561 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
2562 logging performance.
96515dbf 2563
e75690c3
ZJS
2564 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
2565 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
2566 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
2567 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
2568 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
2569 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
2570
2571 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
2572 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
2573 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
2574 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
2575
e40a326c
LP
2576 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
2577 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
96515dbf
ZJS
2578
2579 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
2580 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
2581 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
2582
e75690c3 2583 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
e40a326c
LP
2584
2585 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
2586 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
8951eaec
ZJS
2587 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
2588 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
e40a326c 2589
e75690c3
ZJS
2590 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
2591 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
2592 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
2593 refuse to operate on such files.
2594
e40a326c
LP
2595 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
2596 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
2597 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
2598
2599 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
2600 just hidden container images.
2601
e40a326c
LP
2602 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
2603 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
2604
e40a326c
LP
2605 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
2606 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
2607 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
2608 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
24597ee0
ZJS
2609 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
2610 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
2611 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
2612 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
2613 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
2614 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
2615 been changed to use this functionality by default.
e40a326c 2616
25b0e6cb
LP
2617 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
2618 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
2619 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
2620 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
2621 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
2622 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
2623 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
2624 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
2625 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
2626 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
2627 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
2628 terminates.
2629
e40a326c 2630 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
8951eaec
ZJS
2631 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
2632 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
2633 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
e40a326c 2634
030bd839 2635 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
e40a326c
LP
2636 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
2637 rate of the socket unit.
2638
2639 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
2640 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
2641 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
2642 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
2643 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
2644
999a43f8
LP
2645 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
2646 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
2647 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
188d3082 2648 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
999a43f8
LP
2649 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
2650 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
2651 with this.
2652
e75690c3
ZJS
2653 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
2654 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
2655
2656 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
2657 merged into the kernel in its current form.
2658
2659 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
2660 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
2661 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
2662 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
2663 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
2664
2665 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
2666 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
2667 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
2668
4f9020fa
DR
2669 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
2670 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
2671 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
2672 target is now included in early userspace.
2673
e75690c3
ZJS
2674 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
2675 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
2676 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
2677 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
2678 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
2679 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
2680 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
2681 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
77ff6022
CG
2682 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
2683 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
e75690c3
ZJS
2684 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
2685 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
2686 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
77ff6022
CG
2687 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
2688 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
2689 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
e75690c3
ZJS
2690 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
2691 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
2692 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
2693 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
2694 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
2695 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
46e40fab
ZJS
2696 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
2697 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
2698 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2699 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
e40a326c 2700
46e40fab 2701 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
96515dbf 2702
61f32bff
MP
2703CHANGES WITH 229:
2704
d5f8b295
LP
2705 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
2706 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
2707 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
ed5f8840
ZJS
2708 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
2709 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
2710 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
2711 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
2712 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
2713 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
2714 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
2715 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
2716 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
2717 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
d5f8b295
LP
2718
2719 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
ed5f8840
ZJS
2720 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
2721 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
2722 /usr/bin.
d5f8b295
LP
2723
2724 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
2725 devices.
2726
a7c723c0
LP
2727 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
2728 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
2729 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
2730 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
2731 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
2732 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
2733 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
2734 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
2735 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
2736 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
2737 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
2738 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
2739 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
2740 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
2741 this limit.
2742
2743 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
2744 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
2745 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
2746 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
2747 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
2748 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
2749 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
2750 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
2751
2752 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
2753 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
2754 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
2755 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
2756 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
2757 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
2758 and group at package installation time.
2759
d5f8b295
LP
2760 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
2761 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
2762 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
2763 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
2764 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
2765
8968aea0
MP
2766 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
2767 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
d5f8b295
LP
2768 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
2769 supports it.
2770
2771 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
2772 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
2773
2774 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
2775 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
2776 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
2777 file is already initialized.
2778
2779 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
2780 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
ed5f8840
ZJS
2781 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
2782 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
2783 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
2784 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
2785 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
2786 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
d5f8b295
LP
2787 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
2788
2789 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
2790 working directory for the process started in the container.
2791
ed5f8840
ZJS
2792 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
2793 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
2794 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
2795 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
2796 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
d5f8b295
LP
2797
2798 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
2799 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
2800 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
2801
2802 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
2803 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
2804 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
2805 sd_journal_restart_fields().
2806
2807 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
8968aea0
MP
2808 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
2809 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
2810 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
2811 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
d5f8b295
LP
2812
2813 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
8968aea0
MP
2814 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
2815 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
2816 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
2817
2818 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
2819 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
2820 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
d5f8b295
LP
2821 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
2822 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
2823 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
2824 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
2825 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
ed5f8840 2826 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
d5f8b295
LP
2827 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
2828 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
2829 by PID 1.
2830
50f48ad3
DM
2831 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
2832 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
2833 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
2834 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
2835 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
2836 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
2837 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
2838 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
2839
2840 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
2841
d5f8b295 2842 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
8968aea0 2843 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
d5f8b295
LP
2844 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
2845
8968aea0
MP
2846 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
2847 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
2848 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
d5f8b295
LP
2849 recent kernels.
2850
2851 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
2852 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
2853
8968aea0 2854 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
ed5f8840
ZJS
2855 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
2856 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
2857 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
2858 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
2859 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
2860 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
2861 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
2862 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
2863 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
8968aea0 2864 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
ed5f8840
ZJS
2865 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
2866 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
d5f8b295
LP
2867
2868 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
8968aea0
MP
2869 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
2870 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
2871 clusters or larger setups.
d5f8b295
LP
2872
2873 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
2874
2875 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
2876 sockets.
2877
2878 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
2879
2880 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
2881 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
2882 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
2883 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
2884 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
2885 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
2886
2887 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
2888 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
2889 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
2890
2891 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
2892 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
61f32bff
MP
2893 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
2894 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
d5f8b295
LP
2895
2896 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
61f32bff 2897
dd95b381
LP
2898 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
2899 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
2900 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
2901 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
2902 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
2903 maintain compatibility.
2904
3545ab35
LP
2905 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
2906 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
2907 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
2908 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
2909 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
2910 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
2911 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
2912 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
2913 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
2914 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
2915 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
2916 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
2917 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
2918 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
2919 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
2920 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
2921 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2922 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
2923 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2924
ccddd104 2925 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
61f32bff 2926
a11c7ea5
LP
2927CHANGES WITH 228:
2928
a11c7ea5
LP
2929 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
2930 files are now also available as properties to set when
2931 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
2932 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
2933 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
2934 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
2935 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
2936 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
2937 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
2938
28c85daf
LP
2939 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
2940 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
2941 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
a11c7ea5 2942
f1f8a5a5
LP
2943 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
2944 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
2945 created transiently.
2946
a11c7ea5
LP
2947 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
2948 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
2949 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
2950 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
2951 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
815bb5bd 2952 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
a11c7ea5
LP
2953 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
2954 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
2955
28c85daf
LP
2956 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
2957 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
2958 disk and sync the files, before returning.
2959
a11c7ea5
LP
2960 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
2961 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
2962 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
2963 enabled.
2964
f1f8a5a5
LP
2965 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
2966 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
2967 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
2968 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
2969 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
2970 subvolumes.
2971
a11c7ea5
LP
2972 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
2973 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
2974
28c85daf 2975 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
a11c7ea5
LP
2976 individual indexes.
2977
28c85daf
LP
2978 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
2979 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
2980 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
2981 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
2982 suffixes now.
2983
f1f8a5a5
LP
2984 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
2985 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
2986 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
2987 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
2988 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
2989 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
2990 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
2991 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
2992 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
2993 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
2994 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
2995 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
2996 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
2997 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
2998 number of processes or tasks each user may own
2999 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
3000 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
3001 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
3002 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
3003 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
3004 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
3005
28c85daf
LP
3006 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
3007 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
3008 links between the host and the container.
3009
3010 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
3011 added that allows importing select environment variables
3012 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
3013 the service.
3014
ddb4b0d3 3015 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
595bfe7d 3016 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
ddb4b0d3
LP
3017 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
3018 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
3019 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
3020 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
3021 than until they first elapse.
3022
a11c7ea5 3023 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
28c85daf
LP
3024 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
3025 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
a11c7ea5
LP
3026 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
3027 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
3028 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
3029 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
3030 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
3031
28c85daf
LP
3032 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
3033 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
3034 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
3035 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
3036 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
3037 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
3038 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
815bb5bd 3039 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
28c85daf
LP
3040 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
3041 journal and in coredump handling.
a11c7ea5 3042
28c85daf
LP
3043 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
3044 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
3045 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
815bb5bd 3046 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
28c85daf
LP
3047 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
3048 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
3049 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
3050 software you package still references it, as this is a
3051 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
3052 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
3053
3054 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
a11c7ea5 3055
d5bd92bb
LP
3056 Note that only util-linux versions built with
3057 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
3058
a11c7ea5
LP
3059 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
3060 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
3061 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
3062
b9e2f7eb
LP
3063 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
3064 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
3065 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
3066 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
3067 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
3068 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
3069 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
3070 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
3071 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
3072 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
3073 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
3074 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
3075 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
3076 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
3077 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
3078 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
3079
3080 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
3081 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
3082 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
3083 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
3084 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
3085 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
3086 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
3087 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
3088 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
3089 surprises.
3090
28c85daf
LP
3091 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
3092 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
3093 to the various user database fields of the user that the
3094 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
3095 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
3096 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
3097 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
3098 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
3099 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
3100 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
3101 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
ce830873 3102 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
28c85daf
LP
3103 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
3104 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
3105 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
3106 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
3107 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
3108 of PID 1 is the root user).
3109
3110 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
3111 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
3112 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
f1f8a5a5
LP
3113 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
3114 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
3115 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
3116 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
3117 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
3118 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
3119 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
3120 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
3121 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
3122 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3123 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
3124 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
28c85daf 3125
ccddd104 3126 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
a11c7ea5 3127
c97e586d
DM
3128CHANGES WITH 227:
3129
3130 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
3131 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
3132 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
3133
3134 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
3135 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
3136 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
3137 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
3138 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
3139 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
3140
d046fb93
LP
3141 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
3142 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
c97e586d
DM
3143 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
3144 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
6fd5517b 3145 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
c97e586d
DM
3146
3147 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
fe08a30b
LP
3148 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
3149 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
3150 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
3151 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
3152 packets on unestablished sockets.
c97e586d
DM
3153
3154 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
6fd5517b 3155 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
c97e586d
DM
3156 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
3157 automatically.
3158
21d86c61
DM
3159 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
3160 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
3161 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
3162
3163 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
3164 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
3165 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
3166 for disk IO.
3167
3168 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
3169 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
3170 removed.
3171
d046fb93
LP
3172 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
3173 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
3174 directory is set to the home directory of the user
3175 configured in User=.
21d86c61 3176
fe08a30b
LP
3177 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
3178 directory of the selected user by default.
3179
21d86c61 3180 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
d046fb93
LP
3181 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
3182 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
3183 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
3184 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
3185 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
3186 compat reasons.
21d86c61 3187
fe08a30b 3188 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
8b5f9d15 3189 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
fe08a30b
LP
3190 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
3191 units.
3192
3193 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
3194 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
3195 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
3196 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
3197 level.
3198
3199 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
3200 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
3201 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
3202 namespaces work correctly.
3203
3204 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
3205 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
3206 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
595bfe7d 3207 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
fe08a30b
LP
3208 activation.
3209
3210 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
3211 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
3212 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
3213 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
3214 system instance in a container.
3215
3216 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
3217 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
3218 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
3219 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
3220 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
3221 connections.
3222
3223 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
3224 show the control groups within a certain container only.
3225
3226 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
3227 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
3228 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
3229 processes attached, or similar.
3230
bdba9227
DM
3231 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
3232 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
3233 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
3234
3235 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
3236 specifiers like %i or %f.
3237
ce830873 3238 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
fe08a30b
LP
3239 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
3240 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
3241 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
3242
bdba9227
DM
3243 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
3244 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
a8eaaee7 3245 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
bdba9227
DM
3246 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
3247 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
3248 descriptors using sd_notify().
fe08a30b 3249
d046fb93
LP
3250 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
3251
0053598f 3252 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
edf4126f 3253 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
d046fb93
LP
3254
3255 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
3256 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
3257
3258 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
edf4126f 3259 .network files.
fe08a30b 3260
bdba9227
DM
3261 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
3262 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
3263 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
3264 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
3265 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
3266 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
3267 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
3268 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
3269 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
3270 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
3271 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
3272 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
3273 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
3274 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
3275 gdm-autologin is used.
fe08a30b
LP
3276
3277 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
3278 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
3279 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
3280 next to the image file.
c97e586d 3281
91d0d699
LP
3282 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
3283 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
3284 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
3285 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
3286
3287 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
3288 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
3289 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
3290 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
3291 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
3292 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
3293
d046fb93
LP
3294 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
3295 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
3296 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
3297 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
6dd6a9c4 3298 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
d046fb93
LP
3299 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
3300 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
3301 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
3302 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
3303 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
3304 number of files in place.
c48eb61f 3305
bdba9227
DM
3306 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
3307 on kernels where that is supported.
c30f086f 3308
efce0ffe 3309 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
c97e586d 3310
61e6771c
LP
3311 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
3312 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
3313 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
3314 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3315 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
3316 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
3317 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
3318 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
3319 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
3320 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
3321 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
3322 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
3323 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
3324 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
3325 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
3326 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3327 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
3328 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
3329
ccddd104 3330 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
c97e586d 3331
c9912c5e
DH
3332CHANGES WITH 226:
3333
5e8d4254
LP
3334 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
3335 new features:
3336
3337 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
3338 information. It may be enabled and configured via
3339 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
3340 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
3341 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
3342 is any) is propagated.
3343
3344 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
3345 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
3346 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
3347 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
3348 information is enabled between host and containers by
3349 default now: the container will change its local timezone
3350 to what the host has set.
3351
3352 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
3353 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
3354
3355 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
3356 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
3357 information back, even if the server loses state.
3358
3359 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
3360 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
3361 PoolSize=.
3362
3363 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
3364 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
3365 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
3366 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
3367
3368 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
3369 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
3370 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
3371 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
3372 'dbus-daemon' systems.
3373
3374 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
3375 for virtio devices.
3376
3377 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
3378 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
3379 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
3380 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
3381 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
3382 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
3383 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
3384 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
856ca72b 3385 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
5e8d4254
LP
3386 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
3387 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
3388 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
3389 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
3390 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
3391 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
3392 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
3393 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
3394 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
3395 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
3396 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
3397 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
3398 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
3399 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
3400 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
3401 grants them.
3402
3403 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
3404 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
3405 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
3406 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
3407 group tree.
3408
3409 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
3410 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
3411 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
3412 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
3413 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
3414 work correctly in containers now.
3415
3416 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
3417 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
3418
c626bf1d
DM
3419 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
3420 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
5e8d4254
LP
3421 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
3422 function call is particularly useful when implementing
3423 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
3424
3425 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
3426 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
3427 signal events.
3428
d35f51ea
ZJS
3429 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
3430 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
3431 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
3432 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
c9912c5e 3433
47f5a38c
LP
3434 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
3435 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
3436 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
3437 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
3438 nspawn command line.
3439
2f77decc
LP
3440 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
3441 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
3442 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
3443 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
3444 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
3445 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
3446 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
23d08d1b 3447 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
c9912c5e 3448
ccddd104 3449 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
c9912c5e 3450
ec5249a2
DM
3451CHANGES WITH 225:
3452
5e8d4254
LP
3453 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
3454 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
3455 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
3456 shell directly without prompting for username or
3457 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
3458 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
3459 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
3460 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
3461 the originating session.
3462
3463 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
3464 options and allows other programs to query the values.
3465
3466 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
d35f51ea
ZJS
3467 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
3468 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
3469 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
3470 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
3471 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
3472 probably not stabilize on this release.
5e8d4254
LP
3473
3474 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
3475 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
3476 messages.
3477
3478 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
3479 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
3480 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
3481
3482 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
3483 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
3484
3485 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
3486 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
3487 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
3488 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
3489 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
3490 posteriori.
3491
3492 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
3493 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
3494
3495 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
3496 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
3497 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
3498 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
3499 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
3500 "lastlog" tools.
3501
3502 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
3503 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
3504 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
3505 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
3506 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
3507
3508 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
3509 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
3510 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
3511 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
3512 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
3513 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
3514 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
3515 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
3516 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
3517 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
3518 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
3519 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
e1439a14 3520
ccddd104 3521 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
ec5249a2 3522
11811e85
DH
3523CHANGES WITH 224:
3524
10fa421c
DH
3525 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
3526 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
3527
5e8d4254
LP
3528 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
3529 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
3530 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
10fa421c 3531
11811e85
DH
3532 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
3533 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
3534 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
3535
ccddd104 3536 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
11811e85 3537
e57eaef8
DH
3538CHANGES WITH 223:
3539
3540 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
3541 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
3542 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
3543 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
3544
01608bc8 3545 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
e57eaef8
DH
3546 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
3547
3548 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
3549 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
3550
931618d0
DM
3551 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
3552
3553 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
37d54b93 3554 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
931618d0
DM
3555 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
3556
3557 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
3558 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
3559 decapsulated packet.
3560
3561 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
3562 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
3563 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
3564 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
3565 netlink attribute.
3566
3567 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
3568 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
3569 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
3570 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
3571
3572 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
3573 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
3574 according to RFC2460.
e57eaef8 3575
f5f113f6
DH
3576 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
3577 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
3578
e57eaef8 3579 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
01608bc8 3580 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
e57eaef8
DH
3581 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
3582
3583 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
3584 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
3585 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
3586 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
3587 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
3588 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
3589
3590 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
e4e66993
DH
3591 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
3592 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
3593 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
3594 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
3595 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
3596 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
3597 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
3598 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
3599 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3600
ccddd104 3601 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
e57eaef8 3602
0db83ad7 3603CHANGES WITH 222:
5541c889 3604
861b02eb
KS
3605 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
3606 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
3607 or should be used to work around such bugs.
3608
3609 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
3610 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
0db83ad7
DH
3611
3612 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
3613 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
3614 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
3615 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
3616 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
3617
5541c889
DH
3618 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
3619 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
3620 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
3621
9b361114
DM
3622 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
3623 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
3624 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
3625 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
3626 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
3627
3628 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
3629
0db83ad7
DH
3630 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
3631 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
3632 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
3633 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
5541c889
DH
3634 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
3635 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
0db83ad7
DH
3636 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
3637 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
2d1ca112
DH
3638 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3639 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
0db83ad7 3640
ccddd104 3641 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
0db83ad7 3642
0f0467e6
MP
3643CHANGES WITH 221:
3644
470e72d4 3645 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
5f92d24f 3646 stable and have been added to the official interface of
470e72d4
LP
3647 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
3648 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
3649 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
3650 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
3651 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
0aee49d5 3652 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
470e72d4
LP
3653 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
3654 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
5f92d24f 3655 portable to other kernels.
0f0467e6 3656
470e72d4
LP
3657 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
3658 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
3659 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
c6551464 3660 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
470e72d4
LP
3661 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
3662 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
3663 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
3664 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
0aee49d5 3665 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
470e72d4
LP
3666 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
3667 systemd enabled.
0f0467e6 3668
470e72d4
LP
3669 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
3670 2.26.
3671
3672 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
0aee49d5 3673 favor of calling an abstraction tool
470e72d4
LP
3674 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
3675 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
3676 in README for details.
3677
3678 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
3679 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
3680 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
3681 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
3682 unit.
3683
3684 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
3685 into man pages.
3686
3687 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
3688 external project.
3689
3690 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
0aee49d5 3691 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
470e72d4
LP
3692
3693 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
3694 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
3695 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
3696 state.
3697
3698 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
3699 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
3700 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
3701
3702 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
3703 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
3704 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
3705 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
3706 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
3707 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
3708 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
3709 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
3710 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
3711 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
3712 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
b912e251
LP
3713 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
3714 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
3715 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3716 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
3717 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
470e72d4 3718
ccddd104 3719 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
0f0467e6 3720
481a0aa2
LP
3721CHANGES WITH 220:
3722
f7a73a25
DH
3723 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
3724 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
3725 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
3726 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
3727 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
3728 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
3729 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
56cadcb6 3730 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
f7a73a25 3731
481a0aa2
LP
3732 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
3733 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
3734 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
3735 service consumed). This value is only available if
3736 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
3737 in the "systemctl status" output.
3738
3739 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
3740 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
29d1fcb4 3741 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
481a0aa2
LP
3742 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
3743 previously was already the default behaviour).
3744
3745 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
3746 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
3747 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
3748
3749 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
3750 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
29d1fcb4 3751 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
481a0aa2
LP
3752 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
3753
3754 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
3755 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
3756 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
3757 journalling file systems that support external journal
3758 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
3759 systems to be mounted.
3760
3761 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
3762 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
3763 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
3764 stable release this should not be problematic.
3765
3766 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
3767 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
3768 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
3769 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
3770 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
3771
3772 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
3773 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
3774 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
3775 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
3776 network switches.
3777
3778 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
3779 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
3780
3781 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
3782 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
3783 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
3784
3785 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
3786
1579dd2c
LP
3787 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
3788 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
3789 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
3790 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
3791 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
3792 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
3793 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
3794 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
3795 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
3796 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
3797 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
3798 been fixed in v220.
3799
481a0aa2
LP
3800 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
3801 systemd-networkd.
3802
3803 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
3804 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
ce830873 3805 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
481a0aa2
LP
3806 containers started from the command line.
3807
3808 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
3809 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
3810
3811 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
3812 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
3813 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
3814 indirection via a pseudo tty.
3815
3816 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
3817 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
3818 when shutting down.
3819
3820 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
3821 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
3822 overlayfs support.
3823
3824 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
3825 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
3826 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
3827 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
3828 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
3829 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
3830 images are imported via systemd-importd.
3831
3832 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
3833 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
3834 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
3835
3836 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
3837 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
3838 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
3839 of v1 as before).
3840
3841 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
3842 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
3843
d35f51ea
ZJS
3844 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
3845 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
3846 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
3847 without further privileges or authorization.
481a0aa2
LP
3848
3849 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
3850 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
3851 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
3852 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
3853 accessible via a bus interface.
3854
3855 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
3856 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
3857 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
3858 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
3859 to cover this functionality.
3860
3861 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
1579dd2c 3862 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
481a0aa2
LP
3863 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
3864 disabled/masked also stopped.
3865
3866 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
1a2d5fbe
DH
3867 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
3868 updated to support systemd-boot.
481a0aa2
LP
3869
3870 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
3871 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
3872 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
3873 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
3874 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
1a2d5fbe 3875 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
481a0aa2
LP
3876 like this and can extract OS release information from them
3877 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
3878 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
3879
3880 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
3881 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
3882 system.
3883
3884 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
3885 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
3886 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
3887 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
3888 device symlinks.
3889
3890 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
3891 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
3892 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
3893 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
3894
3895 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
3896 stick devices has been added.
3897
3898 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
3899 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
3900
3901 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
3902 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
3903 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
3904 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
3905 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
3906
3907 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
3908 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
3909 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
3910
3911 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
3912 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
3913 Debian.
3914
3915 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
3916 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
3917 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
3918
3919 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
3920 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
3921 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
3922 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
3923 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
3924 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
3925 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
3926 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
3927 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
3928 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
3929 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
3930 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
3931 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
3932 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
3933 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
3934 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
3935 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
3936 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
3937 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
3938 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
3939 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
3940 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
3941 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
3942 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
3943 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
3944 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
3945 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3946
ccddd104 3947 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
481a0aa2 3948
615aaf41
LP
3949CHANGES WITH 219:
3950
615aaf41
LP
3951 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
3952 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
3953 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
3954 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
3955 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
3956 interface with and update the database.
3957
3958 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
3959 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
3960 before bytewise copying is done.
3961
3962 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
3963 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
3964 directory, and immediately removed when the container
3965 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
3966 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
3967 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
3968 for starting a container off the root file system of the
3969 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
3970 available on btrfs file systems.
3971
3972 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
3973 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
7edecf21 3974 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
615aaf41
LP
3975 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
3976 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
3977 systems.
3978
3979 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
3980 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
3981 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
3982 mount point remains.
3983
3984 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
3985 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
3986 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
3987 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
3988 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
3989 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
3990 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
3991 are disabled.
3992
3993 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
3994 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
3995 container to the host or vice versa.
3996
3997 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
3998 mount host directories into local containers. This is
3999 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
4000
4001 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
4002 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
4003
4004 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
4005 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
4006 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
4007 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
4008 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
4009 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
4010 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
4011 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
4012 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
94e5ba37 4013 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
615aaf41
LP
4014 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
4015 make the functionality of importd available to the
4016 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
4017 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
4018 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
4019 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
4020 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
4021 only fully supported on btrfs.
4022
4023 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
4024 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
4025 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
4026 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
4027 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
4028 information about images.
4029
4030 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
4031 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
f59dba26 4032 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
615aaf41
LP
4033 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
4034 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
4035 legacy file systems).
4036
4037 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
4038 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
4039 shown in networkctl output.
4040
4041 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
4042 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
4043 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
4044 processes as system services while interactively
4045 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
4046 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
4047 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
4048 full login session, the difference being that the former
4049 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
4050 setup.
4051
4052 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
4053 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
4054 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
4055 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
4056 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
4057
4058 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
4059 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
4060 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
4061 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
4062 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
4063 via qemu/kvm.
4064
4065 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
4066 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
4067 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
4068 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
4069 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
4070 disk images, too.
4071
4072 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
4073 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
4074 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
4075 integrate with that.
4076
4077 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
4078 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
4079 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
4080 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
4081
4082 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
4083 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
4084 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
4085
4086 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
4087 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
4088 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
4089 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
4090 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
4091 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
4092 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
4093 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
4094 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
4095 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
4096
4097 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
4098 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
4099 files.
4100
4101 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
4c37970d 4102 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
615aaf41 4103 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
94e5ba37 4104 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
615aaf41
LP
4105 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
4106 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
4107 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
4108 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
4109 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
4110 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
4111 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
4112 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
4113 explicitly turned on.
4114
4115 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
4116 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
4117 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
4118 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
4119
4120 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
4121 supported.
4122
4123 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
4124 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
4125 user/session following the status output. Similar,
4126 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
4127 associated with a virtual machine or container
4128 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
4129 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
4130 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
4131 output however.)
4132
4133 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
4134 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
4135 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
4136 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
4137 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
4138 caller's session/user.
4139
4140 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
4141 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
4142 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
4143 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
4144 user services.
4145
4146 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
4147 same way as unit files.
4148
4149 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
4150 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
4151 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
4152 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
4153 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
4154 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
4155 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
4156 the host.
4157
4158 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
4159 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
4160 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
4161 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
4162 the host as if their services were running directly on the
4163 host.
4164
dd2fd155 4165 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
615aaf41
LP
4166 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
4167 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
4168 updated to make use of it too by default.
4169
4170 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
4171 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
4172 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
4173 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
4174
4175 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
4176 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
4177 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
4178 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
4179 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
4180 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
4181 modification.
4182
4183 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
4184 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
4185 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
7edecf21 4186 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
615aaf41
LP
4187 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
4188 information about Touchpad types.
4189
4190 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
4191 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
4192
4193 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
4194 Policy link field.
4195
4196 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
4197 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
4198
4199 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
4200 ACLs on files.
4201
4202 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
4203 tmpfs, automatically.
4204
4205 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
4206 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
4207 status" output, if available.
4208
4209 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
4210 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
4211 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
4212 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
4213 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
4214 run on next reboot.
4215
4216 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
4217 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
4218 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
4219 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
4220 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
4221 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
4222 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
4223
4224 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
4225 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
4226 after a configurable timeout.
4227
4228 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
4229 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
4230 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
4231 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
4232 it non-idle.
4233
4234 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
4235 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
4236
4237 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
4238 each .network interface in networkd.
4239
4240 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
4241 in .network files.
4242
4243 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
4244 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
4245
11ea2781 4246 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
d2c643c6
LP
4247 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
4248 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
4249 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
4250 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
4251 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
4252 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
4253 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
4254 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
4255 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
4256 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
4257 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4258 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
4259 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
4260 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
11ea2781
LP
4261 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
4262 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
4263 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
4264 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
4265 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
4266 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
4267 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
d2c643c6
LP
4268 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
4269 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11ea2781 4270
ccddd104 4271 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
11ea2781 4272
d4f5a1f4
DH
4273CHANGES WITH 218:
4274
f9e00a9f
LP
4275 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
4276 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
4277 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
c7683ffb 4278 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
f9e00a9f
LP
4279
4280 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
b938cb90 4281 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
f9e00a9f
LP
4282 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
4283 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
4284 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
4285
4286 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
4287
4288 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
b938cb90 4289 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
f9e00a9f
LP
4290 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
4291 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
4292 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
4293 modified configuration after editing.
4294
4295 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
4296 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
4297 system preset files.
4298
4299 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
4300 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
4301 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
4302 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
4303 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
4304 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
4305 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
4306 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
4307 other contexts.
4308
4309 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
4310 inhibitors.
4311
122676c9 4312 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
b938cb90 4313 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
122676c9
LP
4314 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
4315 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
4316 managers.
f9e00a9f
LP
4317
4318 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
4319 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
4320 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
4321 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
4322 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
b938cb90 4323 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
f9e00a9f
LP
4324 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
4325 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
4326 parallel to journald.
4327
4328 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
4329 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
4330 available.
4331
4332 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
4333 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
a8eaaee7 4334 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
f9e00a9f
LP
4335 or are not older than the specified time.
4336
4337 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
4338 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
4339 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
4340 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
4341
4342 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
4343 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
4344 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
4345 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
4346 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
4347 communication.
4348
4349 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
4350 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
4351 services.
4352
4353 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
4354 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
4355 including their signature and values. This is particularly
4356 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
4357 the new "busctl tree" command.
4358
4359 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
4360 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
4361 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
4362 friendly way.
4363
4364 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
4365 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
4366 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
4367 race-ful way.
4368
4369 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
4370 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
17c29493 4371 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
f9e00a9f
LP
4372 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
4373 --link-journal=try-guest.
4374
4375 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
4376 stable MAC addresses.
4377
4378 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
4379 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
4380 the respective unit shall use.
4381
d4f5a1f4
DH
4382 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
4383 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
4384 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
4385 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
4386
b938cb90 4387 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
f9e00a9f 4388 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
b938cb90 4389 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
f9e00a9f
LP
4390 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
4391 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
4392 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
4393
17c29493 4394 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
f9e00a9f
LP
4395 details see:
4396
4397 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
4398
4399 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
4400 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
997b2b43
JT
4401 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
4402 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
4403 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
4404 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
4405 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
4406 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
4407 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
4408 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
4409 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
4410 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
4411
f9e00a9f
LP
4412 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
4413 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
4414 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
4415 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
4416 bluetooth, ...) is used.
4417
4418 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
4419 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
4420 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
4421 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
4422 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
4423 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
4424 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
4425 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
4426
4427 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
a8eaaee7 4428 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
f9e00a9f
LP
4429 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
4430 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
4431 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
4432 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
4433 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
4434 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
4435 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
4436 interface.
4437
4438 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
4439 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
4440 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
4441 luks.name= argument.
4442
4443 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
4444 (this was previously already available for scope and service
4445 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
4446 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
4447 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
4448 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
4449
4450 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
4451 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
4452 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
4453
13e92f39
LP
4454 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
4455 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
4456 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
4457 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
4458 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
4459 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
4460 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
4461 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
4462 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
4463 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
4464 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
7da81d33
LP
4465 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
4466 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
4467 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
4468 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
4469 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
4470 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
4471 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13e92f39 4472
ccddd104 4473 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
f9e00a9f 4474
b62a309a
ZJS
4475CHANGES WITH 217:
4476
78b6b7ce
LP
4477 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
4478 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
4479 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
4480 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
b62a309a 4481
a65b8245
ZJS
4482 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
4483 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
4484 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
4485 now waits until the operation is complete.
2a97b03b 4486
b62a309a
ZJS
4487 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
4488 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
4bdc60cb
LP
4489 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
4490 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
78b6b7ce 4491 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
4bdc60cb 4492 connection.
b62a309a 4493
78b6b7ce
LP
4494 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
4495 commands anymore.
b62a309a
ZJS
4496
4497 * User units are now loaded also from
4498 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
4499 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
4500 supported, but is under the control of the user.
4501
4ffd29fd
LP
4502 * Job timeouts (i.e. time-outs on the time a job that is
4503 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
4504 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
4505 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
4506 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
4507 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
4508 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
4509 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
4510 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
4511 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
4512 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
4513 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
4514 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
4515 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
4516 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
4517 question.
4518
b62a309a
ZJS
4519 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
4520 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
4521 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
4522
4523 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
4524 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
4525 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
81c7dd89 4526 command line to trigger resume.
b62a309a 4527
78b6b7ce
LP
4528 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
4529 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
4530 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
09077149 4531 Desktop=systemd-console.
b62a309a
ZJS
4532
4533 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
4534 systemd-networkd.
4535
ba8df74b 4536 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
78b6b7ce 4537 from the information provided by the networking stack
b62a309a
ZJS
4538 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
4539
4540 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
4541 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
4542
4543 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
4544 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
4545 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
4546
78b6b7ce 4547 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
b62a309a 4548
4bdc60cb 4549 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
f6d1de85 4550 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
b62a309a 4551 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
78b6b7ce
LP
4552 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
4553 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
4554 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
b62a309a 4555
c4ac9900 4556 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
b62a309a
ZJS
4557 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
4558 respected.
4559
4560 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
4561 virtualization.
4562
4563 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
ba8df74b 4564 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
78b6b7ce
LP
4565 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
4566 on.
b62a309a 4567
e6c253e3
MS
4568 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
4569
4570 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
4571
ba8df74b
KS
4572 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
4573 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
e6c253e3
MS
4574 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
4575 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
4576 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
4577 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
4578 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
4579
4bdc60cb
LP
4580 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
4581 available for service units, that allows locking all service
4582 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
4583 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
4584 from the service's view entirely.
4585
4586 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
4587 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
4588
4589 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
4590 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
4591 session.
4592
4593 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
4594 legacy-free systems.
4595
78b6b7ce
LP
4596 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
4597 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
4598 easily.
4599
4600 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
4601 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
4602 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
4603 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
4604 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
4605 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
4606 option.
4607
4608 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
d4474c41 4609 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
78b6b7ce
LP
4610 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
4611 /usr.
4612
f6d1de85 4613 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
78b6b7ce
LP
4614 services, not only the main process.
4615
4616 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
4617 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
4618 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
4619 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
4620 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
4621
3769415e
TT
4622 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
4623 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
4624 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
4625 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
4626 directly from now on, again.
4627
fae9332b 4628 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
d35f51ea
ZJS
4629 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
4630 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
4631 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
4632 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
4633 enabling and disabling.
fae9332b 4634
cfa1571b
LP
4635 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
4636 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
4637 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
4638 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
4639 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
4640 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
4641 unnecessary or unlikely.
4642
7e63dd10
LP
4643 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
4644 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
ba8df74b 4645 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
7e63dd10
LP
4646 "anually", "hourly", ...).
4647
d4474c41
TG
4648 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
4649 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
4650 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
4651 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
4652 overwritten at runtime.
4653
3b187c5c
LP
4654 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
4655 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
4656 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
4657 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
4658 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
4659 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
4660 segmentation fault.
4661
4b08dd87
LP
4662 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
4663 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
4664 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
4665 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
4666 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
4667 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
4668 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
4669 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
4670 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
4671 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
4672 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
4673 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
4674 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
4675 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
4676 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
4677 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
4678 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
4679 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
4680 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
4681 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
4682 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
13e92f39 4683 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4b08dd87 4684
ccddd104 4685 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
4b08dd87 4686
b72ddf0f 4687CHANGES WITH 216:
b2ca0d63
LP
4688
4689 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
b72ddf0f 4690 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
b2ca0d63
LP
4691 implementations should add a
4692
b72ddf0f 4693 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
b2ca0d63
LP
4694
4695 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
4696 default functionality.
4697
4698 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
4699 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
4700 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
4701 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
4702 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
4703 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
4704 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
4705 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
4706 files might need to be owned by them. A new
4707 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
4708 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
4709 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
4710 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
4711
d35f51ea
ZJS
4712 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
4713 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
4714 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
4715 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
4716 added eventually, too.
b2ca0d63
LP
4717
4718 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
4719 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
4720 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
4721 new command to update these fields.
4722
4723 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
4724 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
4725 have been discovered via DHCP.
4726
4727 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
4728 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
daa05349
AB
4729 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
4730 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
b2ca0d63
LP
4731 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
4732 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
4733 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
4734 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
5f02e26c 4735 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
b2ca0d63
LP
4736 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
4737 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
4738 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
a1a4a25e 4739 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
b2ca0d63
LP
4740 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
4741 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
4742 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
4743 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
4744 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
4745 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
4746 implementation to systemd-resolved.
4747
4748 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
4749 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
4750 containers to their respective IP addresses.
4751
4752 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
4753 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
4754 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
5f02e26c 4755 and present it to the user in a very friendly
b2ca0d63
LP
4756 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
4757 control utility for networkd.
4758
4759 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
4760 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
a8eaaee7 4761 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
b2ca0d63
LP
4762 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
4763 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
4764 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
4765 (NoDelay=).
4766
a1a4a25e 4767 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
b2ca0d63
LP
4768 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
4769
4770 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
46ae28d8 4771 be started only after time-sync.target has been
b2ca0d63
LP
4772 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
4773 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
4774 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
4775 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
4776
4777 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
4778 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
4779 of the link.
4780
4781 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
4782 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
4783
4784 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
4785 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
4786
4787 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
01da80b1
LP
4788 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
4789 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
4790 for DHCP.
b2ca0d63
LP
4791
4792 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
4793 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
4794 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
4795 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
4796 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
4797 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
4798 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
4799 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
4800
4801 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
4802 validation of unit files.
4803
4804 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
4805 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
4806 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
4807 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
4808 address may now be configured.
4809
26568403
TG
4810 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
4811 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
4812 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
4813 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
4814
4815 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
4816 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
4817
4818 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
4819 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
4820 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
4821 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
4822
b2ca0d63
LP
4823 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
4824 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
4825 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
4826 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
4827 implementation.
4828
4829 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
4830 journal data to a remote system running
4831 systemd-journal-remote.
4832
4833 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
4834 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
4835 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
4836 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
4837 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
5f02e26c 4838 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
b2ca0d63
LP
4839 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
4840 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
4841 version, you have to turn this option on again
4842 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
4843
4844 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
4845 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
4846 better than XZ which was the previous default.
4847
4848 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
4849 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
4850
4851 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
4852 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
4853
4854 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
4855 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
4856 "systemctl status" output for a service.
4857
4858 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
4859 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
a1a4a25e 4860 hostname, root password) interactively on first
b2ca0d63
LP
4861 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
4862 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
4863
01da80b1
LP
4864 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
4865
4866 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
4867
4868 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
4869 when primary addresses are removed.
4870
b2ca0d63
LP
4871 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
4872 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
4873 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
4874 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
4875 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
4876 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
4877 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4878 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
4879 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
4880 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
4881 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
4882 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
4883 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
4884 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
4885 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4886
ccddd104 4887 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
b72ddf0f 4888
3dff3e00 4889CHANGES WITH 215:
24a2bf4c
LP
4890
4891 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
4892 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
4893 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
4894 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
4895 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
4896 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
4897 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
4898 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
4899 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
4900 require.
4901
4902 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
4903 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
4904
4905 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
4906 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
4907 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
4908 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
4909 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
4910 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
4911 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
4912
4913 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
4914 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
4915 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
4916 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
4917 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
4918 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
4919 update or reset should use this condition and order
4920 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
4921 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
4922 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
4923 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
4924 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
4925 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
4926 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
ce1dde29 4927 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
24a2bf4c
LP
4928 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
4929
4930 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
4931
4932 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
4933 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
4934 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
3dff3e00
KS
4935 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
4936
24a2bf4c
LP
4937 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
4938 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
4939 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
4940 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
4941 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
4942 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
4943 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
c7435cc9
LP
4944 .network files using settings of this section should be
4945 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
4946 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
24a2bf4c 4947
c7435cc9
LP
4948 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
4949 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
24a2bf4c
LP
4950
4951 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
4952 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
4953 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
4954 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
4955 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
4956 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
4957 of nspawn instances.
4958
4959 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
4960 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
4961 added.
4962
4963 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
4964 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
4965 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
4966 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
4967 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
4968 configuration stored in /etc.
4969
4970 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
4971 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
4972 parsing of unknown mount options.
4973
4974 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
4975 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
4976 it already exist and not already be the correct
a8eaaee7 4977 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
24a2bf4c
LP
4978 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
4979 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
4980 pre-existing files of different types.
4981
4982 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
4983 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
ce1dde29 4984 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
24a2bf4c
LP
4985 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
4986 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
4987 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
4988 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
4989
4990 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
4991 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
4992 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
4993 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
4994 shall be executed.
4995
4996 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
4997 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
ce1dde29 4998 example whether it is fully up and running.
24a2bf4c
LP
4999
5000 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
5001 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
5002 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
5003 reset.
5004
5005 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
5006 most basic services systemd ships by default.
5007
5008 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
5009 field for defining the default instance to create if a
5010 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
5011
5012 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
5013 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
5014 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
5015
5016 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
5017 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
5018 access to this group.
5019
5020 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
5021 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
5022 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
5023 to the journal.
5024
5025 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
5026 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
5027 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
5028 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
5029 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
5030 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
5031
5032 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
5033 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
5034 that makes sure to only show information about the most
5035 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
5036 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
5037 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
5038 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
5039 the old name to the new name.
5040
5041 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
ce1dde29 5042 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
24a2bf4c
LP
5043 coredumpctl without restrictions.
5044
5045 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
5046 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
5047 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
5048 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
5049 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
5050 "systemd-debug-generator".
5051
5052 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
5053 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
5054 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
5055 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
5056 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
5057 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
5058 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
b938cb90
JE
5059 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
5060 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
24a2bf4c
LP
5061 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
5062 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
5063
5064 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
5065 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
5066 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
c7435cc9
LP
5067 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
5068 been added to query many of these paths for the local
5069 machine and user.
24a2bf4c
LP
5070
5071 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
5072 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
5073 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
5074 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
5075 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
5076
5077 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
5078 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
5079 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
5080 couple of drop-in directories.
5081
3058e017
TLSC
5082 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
5083 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
5084 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
5085 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
5086 for dev_port.
5087
c7435cc9
LP
5088 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
5089 container (read from /etc/os-release and
5090 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
5091 "machinectl status" for a machine.
5092
5093 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
5094 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
5095 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
5096 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
5097 Restart= setting.
5098
5099 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
5100 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
5101 directly connect to a specific container on the
5102 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
5103 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
5104 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
5105 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
5106 containers is a privileged operation.
5107
5108 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
5109 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
5110 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
5111 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
5112 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5113 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
5114 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
5115 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
5116 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
5117 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
5118 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
5119 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5120
ccddd104 5121 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
c7435cc9 5122
4196a3ea
KS
5123CHANGES WITH 214:
5124
5125 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
5126 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
5127 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
5128 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
5129 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
5130 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
5131 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
5132 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
5133 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
71449caf 5134 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
8d0e0ddd 5135 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
4196a3ea 5136 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
45df8656 5137 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
4196a3ea
KS
5138 devices are excluded from this logic.
5139
04e91da2
LP
5140 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
5141 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
5142 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
5143 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
5144 change has been released.
5145
5146 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
8d0e0ddd 5147 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
04e91da2
LP
5148 libattr is thus unnecessary.
5149
ce830873 5150 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
04e91da2
LP
5151 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
5152 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
71449caf 5153 with fewer privileges.
04e91da2
LP
5154
5155 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
5156 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
5157 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
5158 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
5159
a8eaaee7 5160 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
04e91da2
LP
5161 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
5162
a8eaaee7 5163 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
04e91da2
LP
5164 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
5165
5166 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
a8eaaee7 5167 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
04e91da2
LP
5168 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
5169
5170 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
5171 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
8d0e0ddd 5172 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
04e91da2
LP
5173 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
5174 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
c54bed5d 5175 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
04e91da2 5176
cd14eda3 5177 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
8d0e0ddd
JE
5178 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
5179 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
cd14eda3 5180
ef392da6 5181 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
8d0e0ddd 5182 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
04e91da2
LP
5183 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
5184 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
5185 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
5186 modifications of user data or system files from
5187 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
5188 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
5189
5190 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
5191 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
5192 and FIFOs in the file system.
5193
8d0e0ddd 5194 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
04e91da2
LP
5195 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
5196 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
5197
5198 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
5199 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
45df8656 5200 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
71449caf 5201 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
04e91da2
LP
5202 the socket itself.
5203
5204 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
5205 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
5206 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
5207 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
5208 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
5209 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
5210 symlinks, and nothing else.
5211
5212 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
5213 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
5214 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
5215 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
5216 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
5217 process (for example, the parent process). The
5218 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
5219 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
5220 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
5221 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
5222 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
5223 messages to services when the originating process already
5224 vanished.
5225
5226 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
8d0e0ddd 5227 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
04e91da2
LP
5228 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
5229 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
5230 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
5231 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
5232 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
5233 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
5234 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
5235 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
5236 all long-running services.
5237
5238 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
5239 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
5240 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
5241 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
5242 service.
5243
5244 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
5245 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
5246 applied to all submounts, too.
5247
5248 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
5249
5250 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
5251 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
5252 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
5253 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
5254 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
5255 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
5256 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
5257
cc98b302 5258 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
04e91da2
LP
5259 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
5260 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
71449caf 5261 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
04e91da2
LP
5262 (domU) domains.
5263
5264 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
5265 files or entire directories.
5266
5267 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
8d0e0ddd
JE
5268 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
5269 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
5270 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
04e91da2
LP
5271 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
5272
5273 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
5274 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
5275 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
5276 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
8d0e0ddd
JE
5277 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
5278 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
04e91da2 5279 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
8d0e0ddd 5280 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
04e91da2
LP
5281 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
5282 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
5283 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
5284 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
5285
5286 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
5287 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
5288 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
5289 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
5290
5291 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
5292 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
daa05349 5293 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
8d0e0ddd 5294 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
04e91da2
LP
5295 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
5296 non-directories.
5297
5298 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
5299 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
5300 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
5301
4c0d13bd
LP
5302 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
5303 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
5304 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
5305 this group.
5306
dc1d6c02
LP
5307 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
5308 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
5309 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
5310 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
5311 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5312 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
5313 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5314
ccddd104 5315 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
dc1d6c02 5316
6936cd89
LP
5317CHANGES WITH 213:
5318
5319 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
69beda1f 5320 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
6936cd89 5321 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
8d0e0ddd 5322 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
6936cd89 5323 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
c9679c65
LP
5324 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
5325 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
6936cd89 5326 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
8d0e0ddd 5327 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
6936cd89
LP
5328 client should be more than appropriate for most
5329 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
5330 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
5331 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
5332 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
5333 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
69beda1f 5334 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
6936cd89 5335 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
8d0e0ddd 5336 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
c9679c65 5337 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
8d0e0ddd 5338 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
c9679c65 5339 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
6936cd89 5340
69beda1f
KS
5341 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
5342 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
6936cd89
LP
5343 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
5344 part of a different namespace.
5345
5346 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
5347 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
499b604b
ZJS
5348 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
5349 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
6936cd89
LP
5350
5351 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
5352 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
499b604b 5353 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
6936cd89
LP
5354
5355 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
5356 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
499b604b 5357 when a service fails. This works similarly to
8d0e0ddd 5358 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
6936cd89
LP
5359 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
5360 restart the service in question.
5361
5362 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
499b604b
ZJS
5363 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
5364 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
5365 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
5366 details when running non-locally.
6936cd89
LP
5367
5368 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
5369 graphs it generates.
5370
5371 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
5372 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
5373 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
5374 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
5375 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
5376
5377 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
5378
5379 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
5380 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
5381 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
5382 what it was on SysV systems.
5383
5384 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
5385 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
5386
5387 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
5388 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
5389 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
5390 files.
5391
5392 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
5393 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
5394 to show these addresses in its output.
5395
5396 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
5397 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
5398 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
5399 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
5400 preferred over a text one.
5401
5402 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
5403 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
5404 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
5405 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
5406 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
5407 mDNS cache.
5408
68dd0956
TG
5409 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
5410 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
5411 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
5412 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
5413 of network configuration performed in some other way.
5414
6936cd89 5415 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
499b604b 5416 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
6936cd89 5417 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
69beda1f 5418 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
6936cd89
LP
5419 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
5420
8e7acf67
LP
5421 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
5422 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
5423 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
8d0e0ddd 5424 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
8e7acf67
LP
5425 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
5426 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
5427 overrides any other settings.
5428
5429 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
6936cd89
LP
5430 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
5431 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
5432 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
5433 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
5434 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
5435 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
5436 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
5437 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8e7acf67
LP
5438 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
5439 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
5440 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
5441 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
5442 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
5443 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
5444 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
6936cd89
LP
5445 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5446
ccddd104 5447 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
6936cd89 5448
51c61cda
LP
5449CHANGES WITH 212:
5450
5451 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
5452 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
5453 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
5454 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
5455 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
5456 by accident.
5457
5458 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
5459 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
5460 registered with machined.
5461
5462 * sd-login gained new calls
5463 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
5464 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
499b604b 5465 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
51c61cda
LP
5466 counterparts.
5467
5468 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
5469 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
5470 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
5471 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
5472 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
5473 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
5474 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
5475 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
5476 once.
5477
5478 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
5479 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
5480 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
5481
5482 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
5483 units on all local containers, when used with the
5484 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
5485 executed when no parameters are specified).
5486
5487 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
5488 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
5489 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
5490 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
5491
5492 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
70a44afe 5493 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
51c61cda
LP
5494 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
5495 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
5496 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
5497 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
5498
5499 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
5500 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
5501 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
5502 of the container.
5503
5504 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
5505 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
5506 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
5507 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
5508 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
b8bde116
JE
5509 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
5510 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
5511 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
51c61cda
LP
5512
5513 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
5514 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
5515 instead of /.
5516
5517 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
5518 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
5519 emergency messages now.
5520
5521 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
5522 journal log messages across the network.
5523
5524 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
5525 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
5526 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
5527 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
5528 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
5529 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
5530 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
5531
5532 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
5533 down a local OS container.
5534
5535 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
5536 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
5537 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
5538
5539 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
5540 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
5541 this is appropriate.
5542
5543 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
b8bde116 5544 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
51c61cda
LP
5545 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
5546
5547 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
5548 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
5549 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
5550 for debugging purposes.
5551
5552 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
5553 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
5554 in seconds.
5555
5556 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
5557 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
5558 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
5559 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
5560 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
5561 like on traditional inetd.
5562
5563 * A new system.conf configuration option
5564 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
5565 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
5566
b8bde116 5567 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
51c61cda
LP
5568 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
5569 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
5570 do these days).
5571
b8bde116 5572 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
51c61cda
LP
5573 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
5574 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
5575 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
d28315e4
JE
5576 could not take place because the system was powered off.
5577 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
51c61cda
LP
5578
5579 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
5580 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
5581 it will be triggered.
5582
5583 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
5584 addresses to its local interfaces.
5585
5586 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
5587 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
5588 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
5589 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
5590 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
5591 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
5592 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
5593 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
5594 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5595
ccddd104 5596 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
51c61cda 5597
699b6b34
LP
5598CHANGES WITH 211:
5599
5600 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
5601 added to restrict which socket address families unit
5602 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
5603 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
5604 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
5605 is built on seccomp system call filters.
5606
5607 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
5608 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
5609 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
5610 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
5611 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
5612 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
5613 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
5614 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
f1721625 5615 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
699b6b34
LP
5616
5617 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
5618 matching against device group names.
5619
5620 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
5621 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
5622 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
5623 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
22e7062d 5624 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
699b6b34
LP
5625 though.
5626
5627 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
5628 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
5629 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
b8bde116 5630 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
699b6b34 5631 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
56cadcb6 5632 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
699b6b34
LP
5633 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
5634 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
b8bde116 5635 systems prepared appropriately.
699b6b34
LP
5636
5637 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
5638 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
5639 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
5640 (see above). This means that installations made with
5641 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
5642 deployed using container managers, completely
5643 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
5644 this feature soon, too.)
5645
5646 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
5647 set up a private macvlan interface for the
499b604b 5648 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
699b6b34
LP
5649 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
5650
5651 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
5652 using IPv4LL.
5653
5654 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
5655 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
5656 systemd-networkd.
5657
5658 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
5659 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
5660 still not a public API though (unless you specify
5661 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
5662 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
5663
5664 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
5665 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
5666 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
4ef6e535 5667 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
699b6b34
LP
5668 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
5669 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
5670 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
5671 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
5672 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
5673 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
5674 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
4ef6e535 5675 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
699b6b34
LP
5676 users.
5677
5678 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
5679 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
5680 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
5681 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
5682 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
5683 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
5684 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
5685 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
5686 due to a closed lid.
5687
5688 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
5689 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
5690 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
5691 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
4ef6e535 5692 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
699b6b34
LP
5693 order to then act as suspend blocker.
5694
5695 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
5696 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
5697 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
5698 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
5699 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
5700
5701 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
5702 now also work in --scope mode.
5703
5704 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
5705 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
5706 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
5707 promises are made.)
5708
5709 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
5710 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
5711 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
5712 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
5713 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
5714 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
5715 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
5716 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
5717 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
5718 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5719
ccddd104 5720 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
699b6b34 5721
43c71255
LP
5722CHANGES WITH 210:
5723
5724 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
5725 according to SMACK rules.
5726
67dd87c5 5727 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
43c71255
LP
5728 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
5729
5730 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
5731 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
5732 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
5733
5734 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
5735 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
5736 and machine ID.
5737
ed28905e 5738 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
43c71255 5739 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
b8bde116 5740 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
43c71255
LP
5741 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
5742 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
ed28905e 5743 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
b8bde116 5744 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
ed28905e 5745 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
43c71255
LP
5746 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
5747 backpack or similar.
5748
5749 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
5750 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
d27893ef 5751 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
949138cc 5752 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
43c71255
LP
5753 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
5754 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
5755 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
5756 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
5757 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
5758 this on its own.
5759
5760 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
5761 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
5762 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
5763 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
5764
5765 * We will now ship a default .network file for
5766 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
5767 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
5768 --network-bridge= switches.
5769
5770 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
5771 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
5772 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
5773 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
5774 metrics, according to what is customary according to
5775 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
5776 each configuration option.
5777
5778 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
ed28905e 5779 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
43c71255 5780 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
b8bde116 5781 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
43c71255
LP
5782 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
5783
5784 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
5785 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
5786 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
5787 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
5788 triggered by other work being done in the program.
5789
5790 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
5791 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
5792 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
5793 default however.
5794
b8bde116 5795 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
43c71255
LP
5796 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
5797 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
b8bde116 5798 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
43c71255
LP
5799 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
5800 them with systemd-networkd.
5801
d27893ef
LP
5802 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
5803 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
5804 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
b8bde116 5805 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
d27893ef
LP
5806 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
5807 is drastically increased, but given that these are
b8bde116 5808 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
d27893ef
LP
5809 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
5810 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
d28315e4 5811 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
ed28905e 5812 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
d27893ef
LP
5813 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
5814 during a transitional period!
5815
13b28d82 5816 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
43c71255
LP
5817 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
5818 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
5819 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
5820 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
5821 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
5822 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
5823 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5824
ccddd104 5825 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
43c71255 5826
e49b5aad
LP
5827CHANGES WITH 209:
5828
5829 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
5830 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
8b7d0494
JSJ
5831 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
5832 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
4670e9d5 5833 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
8b7d0494
JSJ
5834 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
5835 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
4670e9d5 5836 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
1e190502 5837 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
4670e9d5 5838 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
1e190502
ZJS
5839 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
5840 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
e49b5aad
LP
5841
5842 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
4c2413bf 5843 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
e49b5aad
LP
5844 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
5845 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
4c2413bf 5846 machines and the like.
e49b5aad
LP
5847
5848 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
5849 shutdown/boot.
5850
8b7d0494
JSJ
5851 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
5852 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
e49b5aad
LP
5853
5854 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
5855 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
4c2413bf 5856 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
e49b5aad
LP
5857 prepared for additional security frameworks.
5858
5859 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
5860 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
8b7d0494 5861 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
4c2413bf 5862 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
8b7d0494 5863 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
e49b5aad
LP
5864 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
5865
dfb08b05
ZJS
5866 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
5867 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
5868 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
a8eaaee7 5869 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
dfb08b05
ZJS
5870 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
5871 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
5872 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
5873 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
ce830873 5874 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
dfb08b05 5875
e49b5aad 5876 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
4c2413bf 5877 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
e49b5aad
LP
5878
5879 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
5880 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
5881 implementation.
5882
5883 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
4c2413bf 5884 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
e49b5aad
LP
5885 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
5886 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
5887 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
5888 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
5889 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
5890 and .service units.
5891
5892 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
5893 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
5894 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
5895
8b7d0494 5896 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
e49b5aad 5897 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
1e190502 5898 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
e49b5aad
LP
5899 nothing makes use of it.
5900
5901 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
5902 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
5903 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
5904
5905 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
5906 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
5907 compatibility purposes.
5908
5909 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
5910 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
5911 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
b9761003 5912 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
e49b5aad
LP
5913 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
5914 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
5915 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
5916 process handling.
5917
5918 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
5919 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
5920 style to "sd-bus.h".
5921
7e95eda5
PF
5922 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
5923 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
e49b5aad
LP
5924 "systemd-networkd".
5925
4c2413bf 5926 * There is a new kernel command line option
8b7d0494
JSJ
5927 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
5928 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
5929 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
5930 are not restored.
e49b5aad
LP
5931
5932 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
5933 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
5934 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
5935 PID1's support for that anymore.
5936
8b7d0494 5937 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
e49b5aad
LP
5938 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
5939
5940 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
5941 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
5942 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
5943 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
5944 container that is registered with machined, such as those
5945 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
5946
5947 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
4c2413bf 5948 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
8b7d0494
JSJ
5949 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
5950 onto remote systems.
e49b5aad
LP
5951
5952 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
5953 login in any local container. This works with any container
5954 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
8e420494 5955 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
e49b5aad
LP
5956
5957 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
5958 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
5959 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
5960 system of some kind.
5961
5962 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
5963 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
5964 next.
5965
5966 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
5967 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
5968 reboot() system call.
5969
5970 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
5971 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
8b7d0494 5972 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
e49b5aad
LP
5973 still available but not advertised anymore.
5974
e49b5aad
LP
5975 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
5976 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
b9761003 5977 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
e49b5aad
LP
5978 within each Unit.
5979
270f1624
LP
5980 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
5981 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
8e420494 5982 the kernel).
e49b5aad 5983
4670e9d5 5984 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
1e190502
ZJS
5985 timestamps (following the setting in
5986 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
e49b5aad
LP
5987
5988 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
5989 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
5990
5991 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
5992 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
5993
5994 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
5995 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
5996 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
5997
5998 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
5999 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
1e190502
ZJS
6000 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
6001 the full configuration is shown.
e49b5aad
LP
6002
6003 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
6004 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
1e190502
ZJS
6005 those commands which take multiple unit names.
6006
6007 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
e49b5aad
LP
6008
6009 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
6010 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
6011
4c2413bf 6012 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
e49b5aad
LP
6013 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
6014 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
6015 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
6016
6017 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
6018 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
6019 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
6020 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
6021
e49b5aad
LP
6022 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
6023 of the legend text.
6024
6025 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
6026 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
6027 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
6028 remote sessions.
6029
8e420494
LP
6030 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
6031 information of SDIO devices.
e49b5aad
LP
6032
6033 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
6034 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
6035 the system manager.
6036
1e190502 6037 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
e49b5aad
LP
6038 short description of the connection parameters in the
6039 description.
6040
4c2413bf 6041 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
e49b5aad 6042 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
4670e9d5 6043 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
1e190502
ZJS
6044 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
6045 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
6046 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
6047 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
e49b5aad 6048
c0c5af00 6049 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
4c2413bf 6050 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
e49b5aad 6051 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
4c2413bf
JE
6052 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
6053 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
6054 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
e49b5aad 6055 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
8b7d0494 6056 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
e49b5aad
LP
6057 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
6058
6300b3ec
LP
6059 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
6060 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
6061 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
6062 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
8b7d0494
JSJ
6063 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
6064 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
e49b5aad 6065 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
d28315e4 6066 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
6300b3ec
LP
6067 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
6068 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
6069 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
6070 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
6071 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
6072 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
6073 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
6074 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
6075 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
6076 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
6077 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
8b7d0494 6078 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
4c2413bf 6079 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
e49b5aad
LP
6080 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
6081 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
6082
8b7d0494 6083 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
e49b5aad 6084 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
8b7d0494
JSJ
6085 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
6086 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
6087 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
4c2413bf 6088 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
e49b5aad
LP
6089 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
6090 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
4c2413bf 6091 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
e49b5aad 6092 that you are aware of the instability of the current
ad42cf73
KS
6093 APIs.
6094
6095 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
e49b5aad 6096 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
8b7d0494 6097 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
4c2413bf
JE
6098 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
6099 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
6100 declare the APIs stable.
e49b5aad 6101
81c7dd89 6102 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
ad42cf73 6103 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
8b7d0494 6104 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
ad42cf73 6105 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
8b7d0494 6106 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
ad42cf73
KS
6107 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
6108 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
6109 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
6110 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
6111 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
6112 one of them is updated.
6113
e49b5aad 6114 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
4c2413bf 6115 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
e49b5aad
LP
6116 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
6117 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
6118 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
6119
6120 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
6121 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
6122 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
4c2413bf 6123 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
8b7d0494 6124 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
e49b5aad
LP
6125 entry points.
6126
6127 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
6128 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
6129 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
6130 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
8b7d0494 6131 been disabled at compile-time.
e49b5aad
LP
6132
6133 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
1e190502 6134 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
e49b5aad
LP
6135 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
6136 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
6137
1e190502
ZJS
6138 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
6139 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
6140 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
e49b5aad 6141
000b1ba5 6142 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
1e190502
ZJS
6143 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
6144 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
e49b5aad
LP
6145
6146 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
6147 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
8e420494 6148 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
1e190502
ZJS
6149
6150 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
6151 remains until jobs expire.
e49b5aad
LP
6152
6153 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
8b7d0494 6154 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
e49b5aad 6155 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
8e420494 6156 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
e49b5aad
LP
6157 all remaining processes of the service.
6158
4c2413bf
JE
6159 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
6160 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
e49b5aad
LP
6161 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
6162 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
6163 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
8b7d0494 6164 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
e49b5aad
LP
6165 manager process which created them takes no further
6166 responsibilities for it.
6167
1e190502 6168 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
e49b5aad
LP
6169 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
6170 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
6171 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
6172 marked executable or world-writable.
6173
6174 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
8b7d0494 6175 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
1e190502
ZJS
6176 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
6177 "--setenv=" for consistency.
e49b5aad
LP
6178
6179 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
6180 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
b9761003 6181 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
8b7d0494 6182 independent of the host.
e49b5aad
LP
6183
6184 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
6185 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
b9761003 6186 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
e49b5aad
LP
6187 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
6188
6189 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
6190 with specific SELinux labels set.
6191
6192 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
6193 any additional output but the container's own console
6194 output.
6195
6196 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
6197 container without PID namespacing enabled.
6198
6199 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
1e190502 6200 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
8e420494 6201 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
e49b5aad
LP
6202 OS images, but only specific apps.
6203
6204 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
8b7d0494 6205 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
e49b5aad 6206 results in registration of the unit service itself in
1e190502 6207 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
e49b5aad
LP
6208
6209 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
6210 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
4c2413bf 6211 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
8b7d0494
JSJ
6212 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
6213 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
6214 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
e49b5aad 6215
6afc95b7
LP
6216 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
6217 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
70a44afe 6218 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
b8bde116
JE
6219 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
6220 units to use.
6afc95b7 6221
e49b5aad
LP
6222 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
6223 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
6224 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
6225 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
6226
6227 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
6228 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
6229 context for a service.
6230
6231 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
6232 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
8b7d0494
JSJ
6233 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
6234 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
e49b5aad
LP
6235 influence this logic.
6236
6237 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
6238 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
6239 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
6240 other things.
6241
4c2413bf 6242 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
8b7d0494 6243 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
b8bde116
JE
6244 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
6245 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
e49b5aad
LP
6246 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
6247 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
6248 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
4c2413bf 6249 architectures). There is also a global
8b7d0494 6250 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
e49b5aad
LP
6251 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
6252
210054d7
KS
6253 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
6254 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
6255
e49b5aad
LP
6256 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
6257 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
6258 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
6259 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
6260 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
6261 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
6262 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
6263 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
6264 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
6265 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
6266 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
6267 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
6268 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6269 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
6270 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
6271 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
6272 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
6273 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
6274 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
6275 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
6276 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
6277 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
6278 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
6279 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6280
ccddd104 6281 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
e49b5aad 6282
cd4010b3
LP
6283CHANGES WITH 208:
6284
6285 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
6286 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
6287 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
6288 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
6289 access input and drm devices which are normally
6290 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
6291 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
6292 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
6293 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
6294 session switching without allowing background sessions to
6295 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
6296 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
6297 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
6298
6299 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
06b643e7 6300 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
cd4010b3
LP
6301 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
6302
6303 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
6304 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
6305 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
6306 kernel version number.
6307
6308 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
6309 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
d28315e4 6310 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
cd4010b3
LP
6311
6312 * This release removes high-level support for the
6313 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
6314 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
6315 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
d28315e4 6316 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
cd4010b3
LP
6317
6318 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
6319 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
6320 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
cc98b302
TH
6321 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
6322 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
cd4010b3
LP
6323 cgroup system.
6324
6325 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
6326 messages containing the slice a message was generated
6327 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
6328 logs among other things.
6329
6330 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
6331 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
6332 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
6333 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
6334 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
6335 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
6336 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
6337 journald which would be necessary to resolve
6338 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
6339 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
6340 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
6341 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
6342 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
6343 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
6344 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
6345 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
6346 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
6347 not delayed until next reboot.
6348
6349 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
6350 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
6351 systemd generated files in one directory.
6352
6353 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
6354 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
6355 performance information if that's available to determine how
6356 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
6357 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
6358 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
6359
6360 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
6361 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
6362 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
6363 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6364 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
6365 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
6366 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6367
ccddd104 6368 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
cd4010b3 6369
4f0be680
LP
6370CHANGES WITH 207:
6371
6372 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
f3a165b0 6373 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
4f0be680
LP
6374 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
6375 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
6376
6377 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
6378 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
6379 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
6380 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
6381 specified on the kernel command line less important.
6382
6383 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
6384 retrieve the VT number of a session.
6385
6386 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
6387 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
6388 maximum number of tries.
6389
6390 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
6391 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
6392 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
6393
6394 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
6395 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
6396
6397 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
6398 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
d28315e4 6399 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
4f0be680 6400
f3a165b0
KS
6401 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
6402 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
4f0be680
LP
6403 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
6404
6405 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
6406 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
387abf80 6407 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
4f0be680
LP
6408 and type).
6409
f3a165b0 6410 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
4f0be680
LP
6411 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
6412
6413 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
6414 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
f3a165b0 6415 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
4f0be680
LP
6416 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
6417
6418 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
6419 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
6420 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
6421 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
6422 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
6423 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
6424 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
6425 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
6426
6427 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
6428 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
6429 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
6430 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
6431
387abf80
LP
6432 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
6433 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
6434 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
6435 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
6436 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
6437 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
6438 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
04bf3c1a 6439
4f0be680
LP
6440 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
6441 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
6442
6443 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
6444 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
6445 automatically after the process terminated.
6446
6447 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
6448 certain paths from operation.
6449
6450 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
f47ad593
ZJS
6451 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
6452 is received.
4f0be680
LP
6453
6454 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
6455 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
6456 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
6457 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
6458 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
6459 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
6460 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
6461 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
6462 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
6463 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
6464 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
6465 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
6466 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6467
ccddd104 6468 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
4f0be680 6469
408f281b
LP
6470CHANGES WITH 206:
6471
6472 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
6473 concepts introduced with 205.
6474
6475 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
6476 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
6477 -r".
6478
6479 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
6480 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
33b521be 6481 --state= parameter.
408f281b
LP
6482
6483 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
6484 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
6485 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
6486 the journal.
6487
6488 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
6489 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
6490 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
6491
6492 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
6493 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
6494 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
6495 browsing logs from that point on.
6496
6497 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
6498 of an FSS key.
6499
251cc819
LP
6500 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
6501 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
6502 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
6503 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
6504 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
d28315e4 6505 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
251cc819
LP
6506 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
6507 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
6508 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
6509 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
6510 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
6511 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
6512 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
6513 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
6514
6515 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
6516 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
ce830873 6517 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
251cc819 6518 backing module right-away.
408f281b
LP
6519
6520 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
6521 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
6522
6523 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
6524 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
6525
251cc819
LP
6526 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
6527 set of processes in the message metadata.
408f281b
LP
6528
6529 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
6530
6531 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
6532 support for passing performance data via environment
6533 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
6534 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
6535 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
6536 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
6537 deserialize it again.
6538
28f5c779
KS
6539 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
6540 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
6541 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
6542 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
408f281b 6543
251cc819
LP
6544 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
6545 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
6546 completely silent shutdown when used.
6547
6548 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
6549 option in .socket units.
6550
6551 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
6552 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
6553 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
6554 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
6555 system.slice as before.
6556
6557 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
6558
6559 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
6560 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
6561 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6562 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
6563 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
6564 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
6565 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6566
ccddd104 6567 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
4f0be680 6568
00aa832b
LP
6569CHANGES WITH 205:
6570
6571 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
6572
6573 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
ccddd104 6574 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
00aa832b
LP
6575 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
6576 possible for system services and applications to group their
6577 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
6578 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
6579 together, or apply resource limits on them.
6580
6581 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
cc98b302 6582 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
00aa832b
LP
6583 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
6584 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
6585 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
6586
6587 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
6588 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
6589 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
6590 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
6591
6592 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
6593 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
6594 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
6595 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
6596 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
6597 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
6598 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
6599 and useful as a general batch manager.
6600
6601 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
6602 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
6603 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
6604 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
6605 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
6606 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
6607 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
6608 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
6609 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
6610 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
6611
6612 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
6613 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
6614 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
6615 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
6616 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
6617 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
6618 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
6619 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
6620 is compile-time optional.
6621
6622 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
6623 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
6624 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
6625 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
6626 well as slice units.
6627
6628 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
6629 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
6630 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
6631 but will be extended later on to make more properties
6632 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
6633 command that wraps this call.
6634
6635 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
6636 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
6637 while configuring a number of settings via the command
6638 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
6639 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
6640 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
6641 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
6642
6643 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
6644 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
6645 off audit.
6646
6647 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
6648 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
6649
6650 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
1fda0ab5
ZJS
6651 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
6652 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
6653 and system logs.
00aa832b
LP
6654
6655 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
6656 snippets extending unit files.
6657
6658 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
6659 not available as public API.
6660
6661 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
499b604b 6662 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
00aa832b
LP
6663 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
6664
6665 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
6666 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
6667 controls what to boot into by default.
6668
1fda0ab5
ZJS
6669 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
6670 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
6671
00aa832b
LP
6672 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
6673 generators needed for execution, as well as information
6674 about the unit file loading.
6675
00aa832b
LP
6676 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
6677 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
6678 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
6679 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
6680 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
6681 racy due to journal file rotation.
6682
6683 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
6684 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
6685 all services.
6686
6687 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
6688 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
6689 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
6690 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
6691 system services want to log events about specific client
6692 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
6693 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
6694 unit is requested.
6695
6696 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
6697 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
6698 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
6699 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
6700 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
6701 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6702 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
6703 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
6704 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
6705 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
6706 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
6707 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
6708 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
6709
606c24e3
LP
6710CHANGES WITH 204:
6711
6712 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
6713 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
6714
6715 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
6716 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
6717 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
6718
6719 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
6720 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6721
2f3fcf85
LP
6722CHANGES WITH 203:
6723
6724 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
6725 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
6726
6727 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
6728 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
6729 fields, including the root directory.
6730
6731 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
6732 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
b82eed9a 6733 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
2f3fcf85
LP
6734 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
6735 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
6736 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
6737 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
6738 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
6739 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
6740 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
6741 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
6742
6743 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
6744 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
6745
6746 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
6747 have taken an inhibitor lock.
6748
6749 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
6750 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
6751 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
6752 the local hostname.
6753
6754 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
6755 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
6756 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
6757 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
6758 VMs/containers coming and going.
6759
6760 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
6761 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
6762 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
6763
6764 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
6765 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
6766 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
6767 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
6768
6769 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
6770 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
6771 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
6772
6773 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
6774 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
6775 services. With the container's root directory in
6776 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
6777 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
6778
6779 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
6780 the processes within a certain container.
6781
6782 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
6783 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
6784 check though. Patches welcome!
6785
6786 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
6787 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
6788 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
6789 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
6790 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
6791
6792 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
6793 the passed argument if applicable.
6794
6795 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
6796 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
6797 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
6798 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
6799 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
6800 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
6801 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
6802 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6803
ef3b5246
LP
6804CHANGES WITH 202:
6805
6806 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
6807 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
6808 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
6809 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
6810 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
6811 units activate.
6812
6813 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
6814 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
6815 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
6816 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
6817 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
6818 for now, and not installable.
6819
6820 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
6821 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
6822 can run in conjunction with udev.
6823
6824 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
6825 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
6826 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
6827 session manager.
6828
6829 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
6830 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
6831 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
6832 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
6833 services, user processes and containers/virtual
6834 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
6835 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
7c04ad2d 6836 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
ef3b5246
LP
6837 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
6838 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
6839 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
6840
6841 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
6842
6843 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
6844 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
6845 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
6846 logical expressions.
6847
6848 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
6849 switches.
6850
6851 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
6852 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
7c04ad2d 6853 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
ef3b5246
LP
6854 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
6855 the user.
6856
cbeabcfb
ZJS
6857 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
6858 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
6859 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
6860 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
6861 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
6862 an entry.
6863
ef3b5246
LP
6864 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
6865 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6866 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
6867 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
6868 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
6869 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6870
d3a86981
LP
6871CHANGES WITH 201:
6872
6873 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
6874 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
6875 directory.
6876
6877 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
6878 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
6879 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
6880 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
6881 problem.
6882
6883 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
6884 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
6885 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
6886 before the key file is attempted to be read.
6887
6888 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
6889 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
6890
6891 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
6892 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
6893 files in this context are files such as
6894 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
6895
6896 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
6897 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
6898 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
6899 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
6900 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
6901 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
6902
6903 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
6904 hostnames.
6905
6906 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
6907 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
6908 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
6909 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
6910 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
6911 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
6912 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
6913 all time-related output of systemd.
6914
6915 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
6916 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
6917 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
6918 loops.
6919
6920 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
6921 (models, layouts, variants, options).
6922
6923 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
6924 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
d28315e4 6925 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
d3a86981
LP
6926 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
6927 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
6928
6929 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
6930 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
6931 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
6932 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
6933 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
6934 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
6935 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
6936
9ca3c17f
LP
6937CHANGES WITH 200:
6938
6939 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
6940 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
6941 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
6942 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
6943 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
6944 middle ground between physical and access time order.
6945
6946 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
6947 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
6948 images.
6949
6950 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
6951 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
6952 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6953
35911459
LP
6954CHANGES WITH 199:
6955
6956 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
6957
6958 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
6959 security policy.
6960
6961 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
6962 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
6963 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
6964 shared by all processes of a service (which means
6965 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
6966 the same service can still access). When a service is
6967 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
a87197f5 6968 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
35911459
LP
6969 this though).
6970
6971 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
6972 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
6973 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
6974 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
6975 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
6976 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
6977
6978 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
a87197f5 6979 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
35911459
LP
6980
6981 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
6982 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
6983
56cadcb6 6984 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
35911459 6985
c20d8298 6986 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
a87197f5
ZJS
6987 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
6988 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
6989 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
6990 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
35911459
LP
6991
6992 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
6993 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
6994 system is to be mounted.
6995
6996 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
6997 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
6998 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
6999 purpose for socket units.
7000
6a7d3d68
LP
7001 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
7002 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
7003
a87197f5
ZJS
7004 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
7005 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
c20d8298 7006 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
ab06eef8 7007 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
ce830873 7008 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
c20d8298 7009
35911459
LP
7010 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
7011 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
7012 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
7013 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7014 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
7015 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
7016 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7017 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
7018 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7019
85d68397
LP
7020CHANGES WITH 198:
7021
7022 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
7023 files without having to edit/override the unit files
7024 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
7025 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
7026 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
ad88e758 7027 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
85d68397
LP
7028 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
7029 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
7030 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
40e21da8
KS
7031 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
7032 unit files locally: copying the files from
85d68397
LP
7033 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
7034 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
7035 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
7036 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
fd868975 7037 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
85d68397
LP
7038 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
7039 for them too.
7040
7041 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
6aa8d43a 7042 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
85d68397
LP
7043 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
7044 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
7045 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
7046 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
7047 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
156f7d09
KS
7048 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
7049 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
85d68397
LP
7050
7051 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
7052 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
7053
40e21da8 7054 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
85d68397
LP
7055 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
7056 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
7057 other users.
7058
7059 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
7060 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
7061 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
7062 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
7063 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
6aa8d43a 7064 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
85d68397
LP
7065 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
7066 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
6aa8d43a 7067 management logic is also available to other programs via the
85d68397
LP
7068 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
7069 supported.
7070
7071 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
6aa8d43a
LP
7072 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
7073 the foreground VT.
85d68397
LP
7074
7075 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
7076 call.
7077
6aa8d43a
LP
7078 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
7079 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
7080 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
85d68397
LP
7081 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
7082 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
7083 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
6aa8d43a
LP
7084 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
7085 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
7086 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
7087 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
7088 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
7089 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
7090 also been removed.
85d68397 7091
40e21da8 7092 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
6aa8d43a 7093 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
85d68397
LP
7094 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
7095 objects themselves.
7096
7097 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
7098
7099 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
7100 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
499b604b 7101 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
85d68397
LP
7102 to how this is supported in shells.
7103
7104 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
7105 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
7106 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
7107 user systemd instance.
7108
7109 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
7110 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
7111 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
7112 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
7113 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
7114 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
7115 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
7116 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
7117 one day for good in the kernel.
7118
7119 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
7120 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
7121 container.
7122
40e21da8 7123 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
6aa8d43a 7124 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
85d68397
LP
7125 the host into the container.
7126
7127 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
6aa8d43a
LP
7128 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
7129 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
7130 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
7131 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
7132 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
85d68397 7133
56cadcb6 7134 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
85d68397
LP
7135
7136 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
7137 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
6aa8d43a
LP
7138 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
7139 configured to be mounted there.
85d68397
LP
7140
7141 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
7142 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
7143 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
7144 system resume events.
7145
7146 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
7147 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
499b604b 7148 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
40e21da8 7149 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
85d68397
LP
7150
7151 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
7152 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
7153 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
7154 card).
7155
7156 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
7157 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
7158 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
7159
bf933560
KS
7160 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
7161 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
7162 later "change" event.
85d68397
LP
7163
7164 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
7165 now carry a message ID.
7166
7167 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
7168 continues to be work in progress.
7169
7170 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
7171 root directory to operate relative to.
7172
40e21da8
KS
7173 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
7174 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
85d68397
LP
7175 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
7176 times a little.
7177
7178 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
7179 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
7180 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
7181 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
7182 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
7183 request boot into firmware operations.
7184
7185 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
7186 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
7187 correctly in initrds.
7188
d35f51ea
ZJS
7189 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
7190 compile time optional via a configure switch.
85d68397
LP
7191
7192 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
7193 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
7194
7195 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
7196 the status of all active or failed units.
7197
7198 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
7199 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
7200 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
6aa8d43a 7201 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
85d68397
LP
7202 requests more robust.
7203
7204 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
7205 reading journal files.
7206
7207 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
7208 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
7209
56cadcb6 7210 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
85d68397
LP
7211
7212 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
6aa8d43a 7213 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
85d68397
LP
7214
7215 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
7216 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
7217 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
7218 socket activation in daemons.
7219
7220 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
7221 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
7222
43447fb7
LP
7223 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
7224 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
7225 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
7226
85d68397 7227 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
499b604b 7228 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
85d68397
LP
7229 system units.
7230
7231 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
7232 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
7233 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
7234
7235 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
7236 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
7237 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
6aa8d43a 7238 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
85d68397
LP
7239 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
7240 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
7241 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
7242 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
7243 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
7244 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
7245 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
6aa8d43a 7246 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
85d68397
LP
7247 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
7248 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
7249 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
7250 package installation time.
7251
7252 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
7253 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
7254 scripts need to create these system user/group at
7255 installation time.
7256
7257 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
7258 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
7259
7260 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
7261
40e21da8
KS
7262 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
7263 available.
85d68397 7264
1aed4590
LP
7265 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
7266 load SMACK policies at early boot.
7267
85d68397
LP
7268 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
7269 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
7270 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
7271 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
7272 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7273 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
7274 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
7275 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
7276 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
7277 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
7278 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
7279 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
7280 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
7281 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
7282
8ad26859
LP
7283CHANGES WITH 197:
7284
7285 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
7286 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
7287 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
7288 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
7289 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
7290 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
7291 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
7292 the supported calendar time specification language see
7293 systemd.time(7).
7294
7295 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
7296 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
7297 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
7298 document for details:
7299
56cadcb6 7300 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
8ad26859
LP
7301
7302 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
d28315e4
JE
7303 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
7304 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
8ad26859
LP
7305 implementations around and minimal in its code and
7306 dependencies.
7307
7308 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
7309 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
7310 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
7311 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
7312 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
7313 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
7314 with a configure switch.
7315
7316 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
7317 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
7318 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
7319 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
7320 such as ext4.
7321
7322 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
7323 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
7324 identities are attached to the devices as well.
7325
7326 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
7327 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
7328
7329 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
7330 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
7331 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
7332 using only core OS tools.
7333
7334 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
7335 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
7336 implementation of socket activated nspawn
7337 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
7338 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
7339 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
7340 eventually.
7341
7342 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
7343 presenting log data.
7344
7345 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
ce830873 7346 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
8ad26859
LP
7347
7348 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
7349 system on idle.
7350
7351 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
7352 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
7353 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
7354 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
7355 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
7356 information if possible.
7357
d35f51ea
ZJS
7358 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
7359 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
7360 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
8ad26859
LP
7361
7362 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
7363 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
7364 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
7365 is running on battery power.
7366
7367 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
7368 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
7369 is in the "failed" state.
7370
7371 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
7372 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
7373 environment files at once.
7374
7375 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
7376 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
7377 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
7378 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
7379 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
7380 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
7381 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
7382 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
7383 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
7384 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
7385 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
7386 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
7387 pieces of code locally from the git history.
7388
7389 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
7390 log the unit name in the message meta data.
7391
7392 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
7393 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
7394
7395 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
7396 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
7397 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
7398 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
b938cb90
JE
7399 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
7400 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
8ad26859
LP
7401 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
7402 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
7403 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
7404 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
7405 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
7406 shipped from us upstream.
7407
7408 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
7409 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
7410 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
7411 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
7412 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7413 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
7414 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
7415 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
7416 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
7417 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
7418 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
7419 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
7420 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7421
0428ddb7
LP
7422CHANGES WITH 196:
7423
7424 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
7425 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
7426 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
7427 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
7428 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
7429 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
7430 becoming the one central database for non-essential
7431 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
96ec33c0 7432 database was only attached to select devices, since the
0428ddb7 7433 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
96ec33c0
LP
7434 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
7435 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
7436 data for all devices where this is available, by
0428ddb7
LP
7437 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
7438 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
7439 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
7440 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
7441 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
7442 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
7443
7444 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
7445 indexed database to link up additional information with
7446 journal entries. For further details please check:
7447
56cadcb6 7448 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
0428ddb7
LP
7449
7450 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
7451 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
7452 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
7453 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
7454 macro for this purpose.
7455
7456 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
7457 Python logging framework.
7458
7459 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
7460 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
7461 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
7462 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
ab06eef8 7463 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
0428ddb7
LP
7464 time intervals.
7465
7466 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
7467 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
7468 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
7469
7470 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
7471 right-away on the selected coredump.
7472
7473 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
7474 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
7475 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
7476
7477 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
7478 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
7479 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
7480 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
7481
7482 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
7483 default.
7484
7485 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
7486 SMACK security label.
7487
7488 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
7489 daylight saving change.
7490
7491 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
7492 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
7493 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
7494 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
7495 distributions who still need support this to either continue
7496 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
7497 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
7498
d35f51ea
ZJS
7499 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
7500 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
7501 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
7502 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
7503 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
7504 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
7505 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
0428ddb7
LP
7506
7507 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
7508 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
7509
7510 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
7511 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
7512 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
7513 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
7514 offline updating tools.
7515
7516 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
7517 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
7518 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
7519 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
7520 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
7521 directories for packages to place various data files in.
7522
7523 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
7524 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
7525
7526 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
7527 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
7528 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
7529 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7530 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
7531 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
7532 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
7533 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
7534 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7535
139ee8cc
LP
7536CHANGES WITH 195:
7537
6827101a 7538 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
139ee8cc
LP
7539 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
7540 units via --unit=/-u.
7541
6827101a 7542 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
139ee8cc
LP
7543 right thing.
7544
7545 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
7546 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
7547 rotation.
7548
7549 * The journal will now index the available field values for
7550 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
7551 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
7552 completion of journalctl has been updated
7553 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
7554 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
7555
7556 * More service events are now written as structured messages
7557 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
7558
7559 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
7560 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
7561 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
7562 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
7563 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
7564 these settings from the command line now, especially since
7565 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
7566 completion.
7567
7568 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
7569 extract coredumps from the journal.
7570
7571 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
7572 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
7573 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
7574 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
7575 scratch their heads.
7576
7577 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
7578 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
7579
7580 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
7581 in immediate termination of systemd.
7582
7583 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
7584 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
7585
7586 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
7587 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
7588 mouse screen support has been added.
7589
7590 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
7591 Server-Sent-Events as output.
7592
1cb88f2c 7593 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
139ee8cc
LP
7594 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
7595 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
7596 "systemctl reload".
7597
15f47220 7598 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
139ee8cc
LP
7599 -u" instead.
7600
7601 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
7602 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
7603 configured.
7604
7605 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
7606 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
7607
7608 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
7609 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
4d92e078
LP
7610 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
7611 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
7612 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
7613 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
7614 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
139ee8cc 7615
f9b55720
LP
7616CHANGES WITH 194:
7617
7618 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
7619 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
7620 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
7621 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
7622 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
7623 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
7624 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
7625 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
7626 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
7627 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
7628 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
7629 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
7630
7631 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
7632 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
7633 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7634
597c52cf
LP
7635CHANGES WITH 193:
7636
7637 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
7638 starting from the specified location in the journal.
7639
7640 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
7641 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
7642 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
7643
7644 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
7645 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
7646 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
7647 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
7648 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
7649 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
7650 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
7651
7652 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
7653 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
7654
7655 This will download the journal contents in a
7656 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
7657
7658 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
7659
7660 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
7661 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
7662 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
7663 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
7664 screenshot of this app in its current state:
7665
7666 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
7667
7668 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
7669 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
7670
075d4ecb
LP
7671CHANGES WITH 192:
7672
7673 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
7674 too.
7675
d28315e4 7676 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
075d4ecb
LP
7677 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
7678 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
61233823 7679 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
075d4ecb
LP
7680 just start them.
7681
7682 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
7683 and line break accordingly.
7684
597c52cf
LP
7685 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7686 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
075d4ecb 7687
b6a86739
LP
7688CHANGES WITH 191:
7689
7690 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
7691 container environment, copying the host's timezone
7692 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
7693 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
7694 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
7695
7696 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
7697 will default to 10 if omitted.
7698
7699 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
7700 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
7701 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
7702 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
6563b535 7703 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
b6a86739
LP
7704
7705 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
7706 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
7707 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
7708 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
7709 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
7710 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
6563b535 7711 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
b6a86739
LP
7712
7713 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
7714 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
6563b535 7715 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
45afd519 7716 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
b6a86739
LP
7717 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
7718 into two.
7719
597c52cf
LP
7720 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
7721 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
b6a86739 7722
0c11f949
LP
7723CHANGES WITH 190:
7724
d28315e4 7725 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
0c11f949
LP
7726 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
7727 "systemctl status".
7728
7729 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
7730 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
8d0256b7 7731 system to another place in the same file system could not be
0c11f949
LP
7732 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
7733 field.)
7734
7735 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
7736 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
7737 default.
7738
7739 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
7740 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
7741 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
7742 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
7743 in a container.
7744
7745 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
7746 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
7747 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
7748 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
7749 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
7750 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
7751
7752 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
7753 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
7754 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
7755 no-op.
7756
7757 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
7758 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
7759 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
7760 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
7761 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
7762
7763 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
7764 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
7765
7766 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
7767 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
7768 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
7769 command.
7770
7771 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
7772 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
7773 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
7774
7775 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
7776
7777 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
7778 multiple files at once.
7779
7780 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
7781 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
7782 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
7783 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
7784 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
7785 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
7786 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
7787
a98d5d64
LP
7788 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
7789 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
7790 now support specifiers as well.
0c11f949
LP
7791
7792 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
7793 dir: %_presetdir.
7794
d28315e4 7795 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
dca348bc 7796 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
0c11f949
LP
7797
7798 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
7799 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
7800 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
7801 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
7802 anymore.
7803
aaccc32c 7804 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
0c11f949
LP
7805 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
7806 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
7807 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
7808
7809 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
7810 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
7811 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
7812
7813 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
7814 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
7815 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
7816 sockets.
7817
7818 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
7819 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
7820 is changed.
7821
7822 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
7823 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
7824 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
7825 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
7826 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
f131770b 7827 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
0c11f949
LP
7828 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
7829
7830 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
7831
7832 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
7833 the unit file label and client process label into account.
7834
aad803af
LP
7835 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
7836 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
7837
7838 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
7839 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
7840 (%b).
7841
b6a86739 7842 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
0c11f949
LP
7843 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
7844 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7845 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7846 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
7847 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
7848 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7849
38a60d71
LP
7850CHANGES WITH 189:
7851
7852 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
7853 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
7854
7855 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
7856 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
7857 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
7858 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
7859 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
7860 syslog daemons again.
7861
7862 * The libudev API gained the new
7863 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
7864
7865 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
7866 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
7867 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
7868 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
7869
7870 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
7871 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
7872 container.
7873
7874 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
7875 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
7876 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
7877 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
7878 this explaining it in more detail.
7879
7880 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
7881 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
7882 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
7883 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
7884
7885 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
7886 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
7887 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
7888 journal files.
7889
7890 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
7891 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
7892 as container init process a lot more fun.
7893
7894 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
7895 entries.
7896
7897 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
7898 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
7899 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
7900 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
7901 different sets of services.
7902
7903 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
7904 failure state.
7905
b6a86739 7906 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
38a60d71
LP
7907 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
7908 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7909
c269cec3
LP
7910CHANGES WITH 188:
7911
7912 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
7913 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
7914 tree a lot more organized.
7915
7916 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
7917 may be used to group services in a natural way.
7918
7919 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
7920 services.
7921
7922 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
7923 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
7924 filtering by log level now.
7925
7926 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
7927 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
7928 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
7929
ab06eef8 7930 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
c269cec3
LP
7931 command lines involving service unit names.
7932
7933 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
7934 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
7935
7936 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
7937 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
7938 and encodes structured information about the error number.
7939
7940 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
7941 option.
7942
7943 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
7944 a shutdown is cancelled.
7945
7946 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
7947 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
7948 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
7949 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
7950 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
7951
7952 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
7953 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
7954 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
7955 for display managers instead.
7956
7957 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
7958 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
7959 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
7960 protection, and suchlike.
7961
7962 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
7963 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
7964 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
7965 the service.
7966
7967 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
7968 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
7969 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
7970 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
7971 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
7972 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7973
c4f1b862
LP
7974CHANGES WITH 187:
7975
7976 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
7977 pages.
7978
7979 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
7980 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
7981 data loss.
7982
c269cec3 7983 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
c4f1b862
LP
7984 option.
7985
7986 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
7987
7988 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
7989 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
7990
7991 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
7992 specific directory.
7993
7994 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
7995 messages of two different boots.
7996
7997 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
7998 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
7999 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
8000
8001 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
8002 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
8003 disjunctions.
8004
8005 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
8006 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
8007 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
8008
8009 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
8010 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
8011 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
8012
8013 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
8014 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
8015 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
8016 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
8017 speed things up a bit.
8018
8019 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
8020 header data of journal files.
8021
8022 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
8023 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
8024 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
8025
8026 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
8027 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
8028 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
8029 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
8030
8031 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
8032
8033 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
8034 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
8035 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
8036 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8037
b5b4c94a
LP
8038CHANGES WITH 186:
8039
8040 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
8041 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
8042 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
8043 prefixed with rd.
8044
8045 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
8046 automatically generated at boot. Use:
8047
8048 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
8049
8050 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
8051
d1f9edaf 8052 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
b5b4c94a
LP
8053
8054 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
8055 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
8056 as well.
8057
8058 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
8059 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
8060 in all appropriate directories automatically.
8061
8062 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
8063 does the right thing. Example:
8064
8065 udevadm info /dev/sda
8066 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
8067
8068 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
8069 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
8070 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
8071 running.
8072
8073 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
8074 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
8075
8076 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
8077 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
8078
8079 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
8080 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
8081 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
8082 files.
8083
8084 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
8085 be stopped that is not loaded.
8086
8087 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
8088
8089 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
8090
8091 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
8092 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
8093 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
8094 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
8095
8096 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
8097 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
8098 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
8099 completed initialization.
8100
8101 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
8102
8103 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
8104 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
8105 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
8106 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
8107 distributions.
8108
8109 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
8110 always valid when services log to the journal via
8111 STDOUT/STDERR.
8112
8113 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
8114 command line options we understand.
8115
8116 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
8117 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
8118
91ac7425 8119 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
b5b4c94a
LP
8120 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
8121
8122 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
8123 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
8124 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
8125 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
8126
8127 systemctl status /home
8128 systemctl status /dev/sda
8129
8130 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
8131 system.conf parsing.
8132
8133 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
8134 Manager object.
8135
ce830873 8136 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
b5b4c94a
LP
8137
8138 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
8139
8140 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
8141 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
8142 complete.
8143
8144 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
8145 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
8146 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
8147 systemd-fsck@.service.
8148
8149 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
8150 Manager object.
8151
8152 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
8153 work sensibly.
8154
8155 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
8156 we actually understand.
8157
8158 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
8159 additional capabilities to the container.
8160
8161 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
5b00c016 8162 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
b5b4c94a
LP
8163 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
8164
8165 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
8166 the current boot only.
8167
8168 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
8169 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
8170
8171 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
8172 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
8173 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
8174 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
8175 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
8176
c4f1b862 8177 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
b5b4c94a 8178
2d938ac7
LP
8179 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
8180 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
8181 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
8182 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
b5b4c94a 8183
2d197285 8184CHANGES WITH 185:
b6a86739 8185
2d197285
KS
8186 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
8187 available.
8188
8189 * Several new man pages have been added.
8190
b5b4c94a
LP
8191 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
8192 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
8193 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
8194 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
2d197285 8195
b5b4c94a
LP
8196 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
8197 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
2d197285
KS
8198
8199 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
8200 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
8201 Matthias Clasen
8202
4c8cd173 8203CHANGES WITH 184:
b6a86739 8204
4c8cd173
LP
8205 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
8206 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
8207
8208 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
8209 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
8210 daemon.
8211
8212 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
8213 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
8214
8215 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
8216 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
8217 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
8218 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
8219
ea5943d3 8220CHANGES WITH 183:
b6a86739 8221
187076d4
LP
8222 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
8223 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
8224 and systemd's most recent version number.
8225
194bbe33
KS
8226 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
8227 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
8228 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
8229 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
8230 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
ea5943d3 8231 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
07cd4fc1 8232
91cf7e5c 8233 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
f13b388f
KS
8234 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
8235 subsystems.
64661ee7 8236
2d13da88
KS
8237 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
8238 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
8239 used to subscribe to events.
8240
194bbe33
KS
8241 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
8242 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
8243 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
8244 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
ea5943d3 8245 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
194bbe33
KS
8246 forked by udev rules.
8247
f13b388f
KS
8248 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
8249 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
8250 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
8251 it.
8252
ea5943d3 8253 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
c1959569
KS
8254 udev_monitor_from_socket()
8255 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
8256 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
ea5943d3 8257 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
c1959569 8258
ea5943d3 8259 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
9ae9afce 8260 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
18b754d3
KS
8261
8262 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
8263 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
8264 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
8265 the files to the new names on upgrade.
8266
ea5943d3
LP
8267 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
8268 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
8269 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
8270 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
8271 to be used as drop-in files.
8272
8273 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
49f43d5f 8274 particular suspending and hibernating.
ea5943d3
LP
8275
8276 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
8277 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
8278 about this in more detail.
8279
8280 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
ce830873 8281 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
ea5943d3
LP
8282 places). Distributions which have not converted these
8283 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
8284 from git history and add them downstream.
8285
8286 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
8287 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
3943231c 8288 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
ea5943d3
LP
8289 units.
8290
8291 * All smaller setup units (such as
8292 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
8293 are run in a container and are skipped when
8294 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
8295 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
8296
8297 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
8298 integrated, for details see:
c6749ba5 8299 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
ea5943d3
LP
8300
8301 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
8302 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
8303 messages.
8304
439d6dfd
LP
8305 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
8306 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
ea5943d3
LP
8307 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
8308 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
8309 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
8310
8311 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
8312 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
8313 for all units started by PID 1.
8314
8315 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
8316 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
8317 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
8318
3943231c
LP
8319 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
8320 of PID 1 anymore.
ea5943d3
LP
8321
8322 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
8323 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
d28315e4 8324 have not been read by systemd yet.
ea5943d3
LP
8325
8326 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
8327 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
8328 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
8329 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
8330 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
8331 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
8332
8333 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
8334 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
8335
8336 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
8337
8338 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
8339 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
8340 so sexy.
8341
8342 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
8343 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
8344 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
8345 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
8346 patterns.
8347
8348 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
8349 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
8350 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
8351 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
8352
8353 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
8354 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
8355
8356 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
8357 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
8358 in systemd now.
8359
8360 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
8361 ID on the command line.
8362
f8c0a2cb 8363 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
ea5943d3
LP
8364 for an init system.
8365
8366 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
8367 vt100.
8368
8369 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
8370
8371 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
3943231c 8372 components now have directories of their own.
ea5943d3
LP
8373
8374 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
8375
8376 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
8377 container in other hierarchies.
8378
8379 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
8380 system.conf.
8381
8382 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
8383
8384 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
8385 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
8386
d28315e4 8387 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
ea5943d3
LP
8388 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
8389
8390 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
8391 locally generated journal files.
8392
8393 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
8394
8395 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
8396
79849bf9
LP
8397 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
8398 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
8399 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
8400 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
8401 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
8402 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
8403 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
8404 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
8405 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
8406 Gundersen
8407
16f1239e 8408CHANGES WITH 44:
b6a86739 8409
16f1239e
LP
8410 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8411
8412 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
8413 KVM or container configured UUID.
8414
8415 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
8416
8417 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
8418
ab06eef8 8419 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
16f1239e
LP
8420 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
8421
ce830873 8422 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
16f1239e
LP
8423
8424 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
8425 folks
8426
8427 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
d28315e4 8428 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
16f1239e
LP
8429 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
8430
8431 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
8432 configuration
8433
8434 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
8435 free fashion
8436
8437 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
8438 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
b938cb90 8439 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
16f1239e
LP
8440 automatically generated data.
8441
8442 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
8443 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
8444 however.
8445
8446 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
8447 tarball.
8448
8449 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
8450 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
8451 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
8452 Reding
8453
437b7dee 8454CHANGES WITH 43:
b6a86739 8455
437b7dee
LP
8456 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8457
8458 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
8459
8460 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
8461
45afd519 8462 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
437b7dee
LP
8463 normal user logins.
8464
8465 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
8466 Biebl
8467
204fa33c 8468CHANGES WITH 42:
b6a86739 8469
204fa33c
LP
8470 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
8471
8472 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
8473 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
8474 xsltproc.
8475
8476 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
8477 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
8478 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
8479
8480 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
8481 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
8482 reboot can automatically be triggered.
8483
8484 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
8485
8486 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
8487 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
8488 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
8489
e0d25329 8490CHANGES WITH 41:
b6a86739 8491
e0d25329
KS
8492 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
8493 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
8494 package update.
8495
b13df964
LP
8496 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
8497 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
8498 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
8499
8500 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
8501 complete.
8502
8503 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
8504 understood to set system wide environment variables
8505 dynamically at boot.
8506
e9c1ea9d 8507 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
ccd07a08 8508
353e12c2
LP
8509 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
8510 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
8511 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
8512 files.
8513
b13df964
LP
8514 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8515 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
8516 William Douglas
8517
d26e4270 8518CHANGES WITH 40:
b6a86739 8519
d26e4270
LP
8520 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8521
8522 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
8523 "Result" D-Bus property.
8524
8525 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
8526 the next few releases.)
8527
8528 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
8529 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
8530 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
8531 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
8532
b13df964
LP
8533 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
8534 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
8535 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
8536
220a21d3 8537CHANGES WITH 39:
b6a86739 8538
220a21d3
LP
8539 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
8540 bugfixes.
8541
8542 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
8543 resource usage.
8544
8545 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
8546 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
8547 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
8548 journals by the respective users.
8549
8550 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
8551 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
8552 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
8553
8554 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
8555 client for all entries.
8556
8557 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
8558
8559 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
8560 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
8561
8562 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
8563 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
8564 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
8565 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
8566
8567 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
8568 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
8569 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
8570
8571 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
8572 journal along with meta data.
8573
8574 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
8575 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
8576 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
8577
8578 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
8579 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
56cadcb6 8580 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
220a21d3
LP
8581
8582 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
8583
8584 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
8585 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
8586 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
8587 or fsck.
8588
d28315e4 8589 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
220a21d3
LP
8590 requested with new -k switch.
8591
8592 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8593 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
8594
8595CHANGES WITH 38:
b6a86739 8596
220a21d3
LP
8597 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
8598 bugfixes.
8599
8600 * The git repository moved to:
8601 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
8602 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
8603
8604 * First release with the journal
8605 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
8606
8607 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
8608 systemd-stdout-bridge.
8609
8610 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
8611
8612 * Many systemadm clean-ups
8613
8614 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
8615 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
8616 remote mounts.
8617
8618 * Added Mageia support
8619
8620 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
8621
8622 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
8623 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
8624 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
8625 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
8626 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
8627
8628 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
8629 of existing distributions.
8630
8631 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
8632 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
8633
8634 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
8635 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
8636 boot.
8637
8638 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
8639
8640 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
8641 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
8642 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
8643 among other things.
8644
8645 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
8646 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
8647
8648 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
8649
ce830873 8650 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
220a21d3
LP
8651 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
8652 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
8653
8654 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
8655 restored.
8656
8657 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
8658 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
8659 kmod
8660
d28315e4 8661 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
220a21d3
LP
8662 of /usr/local by default.
8663
8664 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
8665 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
8666 in:
56cadcb6 8667 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
220a21d3
LP
8668
8669 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
8670 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
8671 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
8672 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
8673 supported anyway, and bad style).
8674
8675 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
8676 reloading of units together.
8677
4c8cd173 8678 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
220a21d3
LP
8679 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
8680 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
8681 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
8682 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek